Mathematics AIEEE (11th Booklet) English2

VOLUME I
(ENGLISH)
COMPOUNDANGLES 2-12
QUADRATICEQUATIONS 13-30
SEQUENCEAND PROGRESSION 31-44
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS 45-54
POINTAND STRAIGHT LINE 55-70
CIRCLE 71-88
PERMUTATIONAND COMBINATION 89-104
BINOMIAL THEOREM 105-120
RELATIONAND FUNCTION 121-150
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION 151-160
DETERMINANATAND MATRICES 161-188
STATISTICS 189-196
MATHEMATICALREASONING 197-202
Compound Angles
ANGLES AND THEIR MEASURES
Angle
A figure traced by rotating a given ray about its end point. The measure of angle is the amount of
rotation performed from the initial side to the terminal side. Angle performed by anticlockwise rotation
are taken as positive whereas angles formed by clockwise rotation are considered as negative.
A
+ve angle Initial position

0 x 0 x
Initial position
A
Radian or Circular Measure
The angle subtended at the centre of a circle by an arc of the same circle whose length is equal to
the radius of the circle is called 1 radian and is denoted by 1c.
When no unit is mentioned with an angle, it is always understood to be in radian.
Radian measure and real numbers are same.
The ratio of circumference and diameter of a circle is always constant and denoted by Greek letter
' '.
Circumference of Circle
is an irrational number, = Diameter of circle
Circumference = 2 r =
22
(approx) = 3.1415........
7
Arc-angle relation
arc
Angle = ; Here angle is always in radian.
radius
r
Relation between degree and radian.
c
180
o
180
1c
c
1
180
Relation between the sides and interior angles of a polygon
c
(a) Sum of interior angle of polygon of n sides = (2n
(2n 4 )90 (n 2) c
(b) Each interior angle of a regular polygon of n sides =
n n
TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS (T-RATIOS)

Trigonometric Functions
Perpendicu lar MP
(i) sin Hypotenuse OP
Compound Angles ( - 1) [2]

Base OM
(ii) cos P
Hypotenuse OP
Perpendicu lar MP
(iii) tan
Base OM
Base OM
(iv) cot
Perpendicular
O M
MP
Hypotenuse OP
(v) sec
Base OM
Hypotenuse OP
(vi) cosec
Perpendicular MP
Signs of T-Ratios
y
nd st
II quadrant I quadrant
(sin & cosec (All +ve)

+ve)
x x
0
(tan & cot (cos & sec
+ve) +ve)
IIIrd quadrant IVth quadrant

y
Domain and Range of Trigonometric Functions
Function Domain Range
sin R [
cos R [
tan R ~ ( 2n 1) : n I R
2
cot R~ n : n I R
sec R ~ (2n 1) : n I ( , 1] [1, )

2
cosec R~ n : n I ( , 1] [1, )
Allied Angle
If is any angle then, , 90 , 180 , 270 , 360 etc. are called as allied angles
of .
1. To find the sign (+ or
90 90
180 360
sin
cosec All
tan cos
cot sec
180 270
270 360

Use the original ratio to find
Thus, ratios shown inside the circle are positive in the corresponding quadrant while other ratios are
negative there
2. To find the final ratio
(a) If , 2 etc. are present, then there is no change ;
i.e., sin remains sin ; cos remains cos etc.
3
(b) If , are present, then, there is a change as given below :
2 2
tan cot cosec sec
90 90 180 180 270 270 360 360

sin sin cos cos sin sin cos cos sin sin
cos cos sin sin cos cos sin sin cos cos
tan tan cot cot tan tan cot cot tan tan
Graphs of standard T-Functions

Y
Y
y =1 y=1
/2 3 /2 O
sin = X' 2 X cos = X' X
O /2 3 /2 y =
y=
Y' Y'
Y
Y
y=1
( /2, 1)
y=1
( (0,1) (2 1)
/2 3 /2 5 /2 X' X
O
sec = X' O X
2 ( (3 /2,
( ( cosec = y=
y=
Y' Y'
TRIGONOMETRIC IDENTITIES
Fundamental Identities
(i) sin2 + cos2 = 1 sin2 = 1 2
cos2 = 1 2
2 2 2 2
(ii) 1 + tan = sec sec =1
2 2 2 2
(iii) 1 + cot = cosec cosec =1
Also note the range within which different trigonometric function lie
(1) sin 1; |sin | 1 (2) cos 1; |cos | 1
2 2
(3) 0 sin 1; 0 cos 1 (4) cosec 1
(5) sec 1

Addition and Subtraction Formulae (Compound Angle)
1. sin(A + B) = sinA cosB + cosA sinB 2. cos(A + B) = cosA cosB
tan A tan B
3. tan(A + B) = 4. sin(A
1 tan A tan B
tan A tan B
5. cos(A 6. tan(A
1 tan A tan B
cot A cot B 1 cot A cot B 1
7. cot(A + B) = cot A cot B 8. cot( A B ) cot B cot A
2 2
9. sin(A + B) sin(A A B
2 2
10. cos(A + B) cos(A A B
tan A tan B tan C tan A tan B tan C
11. tan(A + B + C) =
1 tan A tan B tan B tan C tan C tan A
1 tan A 1 tan A
12. tan A 13. tan A
4 1 tan A 4 1 tan A
TRANSFORMATION FORMULAE
Product into sum and difference
1. 2sinA cosB = sin(A + B) + sin(A
2. 2cosA sinB = sin(A + B)
3. 2cosA cosB = cos(A + B) + cos(A
4. 2sinA sinB = cos(A
Sum and Difference into products
C D C D
1. sinC + sinD = 2 sin cos
2 2
C D C D
2. sinC 2 cos sin
2 2
C D C D
3. cosC + cosD = 2 cos cos
2 2
C D C D
4. cosC 2 sin sin
2 2
TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES

T-Ratios of multiple angles : (An angle of the form n , n I)
2 tan A
1. sin 2A = 2 sin A cos A =
1 tan 2 A
1 tan 2 A
2. cos 2A = cos2A 2
A = 2 cos2A 2
A=
1 tan 2 A
Thus, 1 + cos 2A = 2 cos2A
2
1 A
2 tan A cot 2 A 1
3. tan 2A , cot 2 A
1 tan 2 A 2 cot A
4. (i) sin 3 A 3 sin A 4 sin3 A (ii) cos 3 A 4 cos3 A 3 cos A

3 tan A tan 3 A cot 3 A 3 cot A
(iii) tan 3 A 2
(iv) cot 3 A 2
1 3 tan A 3 cot A 1
1
5. sin sin (60 ) )= sin 3
4
1
6. cos cos (60 ) )= cos 3
4
7. tan tan (60 ) ) = tan 3
8. tan + tan ( ) = 3 tan 3
T-Ratios of submultiple angle

An angle of the from ,n I
n
2 tan / 2
1. sin = 2 sin cos
2 2 1 tan 2 / 2
2 2 2
1 2
tan 2 /2
2. cos cos sin 2 cos 1 1 2 sin =
2 2 2 2 1 tan 2 /2
2 tan / 2 cot 2 1
3. tan 4. cot 2
1 tan 2 / 2 2 cot / 2
1 cos 1 cos
5. cos 2 6. sin 2
2 2 2 2
1 cos 1 cos
7. tan 2 8. cot 2
2 1 cos 2 1 cos
1 cos 1 cos
9. tan 10. cot
sin 2 sin 2
T-Ratio of some special angles

3 1 3 1
(i) sin 15 cos 75 (ii) cos 15 sin 75
2 2 2 2
(iii) tan 15 2 3 (iv) cot 15 2 3
5 1 10 2 5
(v) sin 18 (vi) cos 18
4 4
10 2 5 5 1
(vii) sin 36 (viii) cos 36
4 4
(ix) tan 22 21 2 1 (x) cot 22 21 2 1

GREATEST AND LEAST VALUES OF acos + bsin
S = a cos + b sin
a b
r cos sin : r a2 b2
r r
a b
r sin ( ) ; sin ; cos
r r
Since 1 sin ( ) 1, therefore, r S r
CONDITIONAL IDENTITIES
When, three angles A, B, C satisfy some given relation, several identities can be established connecting
the trigonometric ratios of these angles
In a triangle ABC, A + B + C = ;
sin (A + B) = sin (
and cos (A + B) = cos (
A B C
Also, ; Hence,
2 2 2 2
A B C C
sin sin cos
2 2 2 2
A B C C
cos cos sin
2 2 2 2
Remember :
If A + B + C = , then
(i) sin2A + sin2B + sin2C = 4sinA sinB sinC
(ii) cos2A + cos2B + cos2C =
A B C
(iii) cos A cos B cos C 1 4 sin sin sin
2 2 2
A B C
(iv) sin A sin B sin C cos cos4 cos
2 2 2
(v) tanA + tanB + tanC = tanA tanB tanC
(vi) cotA cotB + cotB cotC + cotC cotA = 1
A B C A B C
(vii) cot cot cot cot cot cot
2 2 2 2 2 2
A B B C C A
(viii) tan tan tan tan tan tan 1
2 2 2 2 2 2
Two special series :
1. sin( ) + sin( + ) + sin( + 2 ) + +(n )
n
sin (n 1) . sin
2 2
sin
2
2. cos + cos( + ) + cos( + 2 ) + + (n )

n
cos (n 1) . sin
2 2
sin
2
Note : Note that the angles are in A.P.
sin 2 n A
3. cosA cos2A cos22A ........cos2n A =
2 n sin A
tan sec 1
Q.1 =
tan sec 1
1 sin 1 cos 1 sin 1 cos
(A) cos (B) sin
(C) cos (D) sin
Q.2 The value of the expression
sin2 y 1 cos y sin y
1 1 cos y
+ sin y 1 cos y
is equal to -
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) sin y (D) cos y
3 1 tan cos ec
Q.3 If sec = 2 , and < < 2 . Then the value of is-
2 1 cot cos ec
1
(A) (B) (C) 2 (D) 1
2
Q.4 The value of cos 510

1
(A) 2 (B) (C) 0 (D)
2
cos ec(2 ).cos(2 ) tan( / 2 )
Q.5 The value of sec( / 2 ).cos .cot( )
is
(A) 2 (B) (C) 4 (D) 1
1 3
Q.6 The value of sin 10 cos 10
is
(A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 4

Q.7 The value of (cos + cos )2 + (sin + sin )2 is
(A) 4sin2 2
(B) 4cos2 2
(C) 4sin2 2
(D) 4cos2 2
sin A sin 3A sin 5A sin 7A

Q.8 The value of is
cos A cos 3A cos 5A cos 7 A
(A) tan 3A (B) tan 4A (C) cot 3A (D) cot 4A
sin 2
Q.9 =
1 cos 2
(A) cot (B) tan (C) sin (D) cosec

Q.10 The value of sin 20
3 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
8 8 16
Q.11 The value of cos 20
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 8 16 32
Q.12 tan 9
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) (D) 4
1 sin cos
Q.13 equal to
1 sin cos
(A) cot 2 (B) sin 2 (C) cos 2 (D) tan 2
3 5 7
Q.14 The value of 1 cos 8 1 cos
8
1 cos
8
1 cos
8
is -
1 1 1 2
(A) (B) cos (C) (D)
2 8 8 2 2
3 5 7
Q.15 cos4 + cos4 + cos4 + cos4 equals to -
8 8 8 8
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/4 (C) 3/2 (D) 3/4
Q.16 The range of f( ) = 5 cos 3 cos 3 is

3
(A) [ (B) [ (C) [ (D) [
2 4
Q.17 The value of cos cos cos is
7 7 7
1 1 1
(A) 0 (B) (C) 3 (D) 8
2
2 4 6 20
Q.18 The value of cos cos cos ....... cos is equal to
21 21 21 21
1 1
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D) none
4 2
EXERCI SE- II
Q.1 tan2 sec2 (cot2 2 )=
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 1 (D) 2
Q.2 If sin x + sin2x = 1, then cos8x + 2cos6x + cos4x =
(A) 0 (B) (C) 2 (D) 1
1
Q.3 If sin = and tan = 1, then lies in which quadrant
2
(A) First (B) Second (C) Third (D) Fourth

Q.4 If A lies in the second quad. and 3 tan A + 4 = 0, the value 2 cot A
is equals to
23 22 23
11 10 10
Q.5 cos 24
1 1 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) 1
2 2 2
5 sin 3 cos
Q.6 If 5 tan = 4, then =
sin 2 cos
5 14 9 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
9 5 5 14
sin (B A) cos ( B A )
Q.7 sin (B A ) cos (B A ) =
cos B sin B cos A sin A cos A sin A
cos B sin B cos A sin A cos A sin A
Q.8 If A , then (1 + tan A) (1

4
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D)
5
Q.9 2 sin sin =
12 12
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 4 6
Q.10 1 2 sin 2 =
4
(A) cos 2 (B) (C) sin 2 (D)
Q.11 The maximum value of sin cos is attained at

6 6
(A) (B) (C) (D)

12 6 3 2
Q.12 Which of the following is correct
(A) sin 1 (B) sin 1 (C) sin 1 (D)sin1 sin1

180
Q.13 If sin 1 + sin 2 + sin 3 = 3, then cos 1 + cos 2 + cos 3 =
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
Q.14 Exact value of tan 200
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D) None of these

cos 20 8 sin 70 sin 50 sin 10
Q.15 is equal to
sin 2 80
3
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D) None of these
4
3 cos cos 3
Q.16 is equal to
3 sin sin 3
(A) 1 + cot2 (B) cot4 (C) cot3 (D) 2cot
Q.17 The value of sin 10

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) 2
Q.18 cos 52
Q.19 If a = sin 170
(A) a > 0 (B) a < 0 (C) a = 0 (D) a = 1
Q.20 The number of real solutions of the equation sin (ex) = 2x + 2 is
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D) Infinite
Q.21 If y = (1 + tan A) (1 , then (y + 1)y+1 is equal to
4
(A) 9 (B) 4 (C) 27 (D) 81
Q.22 If cos + cos = 0 = sin + sin , then cos 2 + cos 2 =
(A) + ) (B) + ) (C) 2sin ( + ) (D) 2cos ( + )
Q.23 f( ) = 5cos + 3 cos + 3 then the range of f( ) is

3
(A) [ (B) [ (C) [ (D) [
Q.24 If tan x = n R+ then the maximum value of sec2(x
(n 1) 2 (n 1) 2 ( n 1) 2 (n 1) 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2n n 2 4n
sin x 1 cos x 3
Q.25 If = , = where x, y 0, then the value of tan (x + y) is equal to
sin y 2 cos y 2 2
(A) 13 (B) 14 (C) 17 (D) 15
sin sin 2
Q.26 =
1 cos cos 2
1 1
(A) tan (B) cot (C) tan (D) cot
2 2
Q.27 Let f(n) = 2 cos nx n N then f(1)
(A) f(n + 3) (B) f(n + 2) (C) f(n + 1) (D) f(n + 2)
Q.28 If f(x) = sin6x + cos6x then the range of f(x) is
1 1 3 3
(A) ,1 (B) , (C) ,1 (D) none of these
4 4 4 4

3 5 7 9
Q.29 The values of cos cos cos cos cos is
11 11 11 11 11
1 1
(A) 0 (B) (C) (D) none of these
2 2
cot 5
Q.30 Let f( ) = and + = , then the value of f( ) ) is
1 cot 4
1 1
(A) (B) (C) 2 (D) none of these
2 2
EXERCISE-III
x y
Q.1 If cos x + cos y + cos = 0 and sin x + sin y + sin = 0, then cot 2
= [AIEEE-2002]
(A) sin (B) cos (C) cot (D) 2 sin
Q.2 cos 1 [AIEEE-2002]
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
21 27
Q.3 Let be such that < < 3 . If sin + sin = and cos + cos = , then the value
65 65
of cos is [AIEEE-2004]
2
3 3 6 6
(A) (B) (C) (D)
130 130 65 65
Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 A Q.4 B Q.5 D

Q.6 D Q.7 D Q.8 B Q.9 B Q.10 C
Q.11 C Q.12 D Q.13 D Q.14 C Q.15 C
Q.16 D Q.17 D Q.18 B
EXERCI SE- II
Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 A
Q.6 D Q.7 B Q.8 B Q.9 B Q.10 D
Q.11 A Q.12 B Q.13 D Q.14 B Q.15 B
Q.16 C Q.17 A Q.18 A Q.19 B Q.20 B
Q.21 C Q.22 B Q.23 D Q.24 D Q.25 D
Q.26 C Q.27 B Q.28 A Q.29 C Q.30 A
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 C Q.2 A Q.3 A

QUADRATIC EQUATIONS
QUADRATIC EQUATIONS WITH REAL COEFFICIENTS
The expression, ax2 + bx + c, where a, b, c R and a 0 is called as a quadratic expression in x.
The quadratic expression when equated to zero, ax2 + bx + c = 0, is called as a quadratic equation in
x. Where the numbers a, b, c are called the coefficients of the equation.
1. The values of x which satisfy the quadratic equation is called roots (also called solutions or
zeros) of the quadratic equation.
b D
2. This equation has two roots which are given by x ,
2a
where D (or ) = b2
3. If and denote the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, then,
b c D
(i) (ii) (iii)
a a |a|
NATURE OF ROOTS
A. (i) D>0 roots are real and unequal.
b
(ii) D = 0 roots are real and equal to
2a
(iii) D < 0 roots are complex and unequal.
(iv) If D is a perfect square of a rational number, then the roots are rational and unequal.
(v) If D > 0 and is not a perfect square then the roots are irrational and unequal.
>
B. (i) Imaginary roots always occur in conjugate pair if a, b, c are real numbers. i.e., if i
is one root of quadratic equation, then i will be its other root.
(ii) Irrational roots of a quadratic equation with rational coefficients always occur in conjugate
pair. i.e., if m n is one root of equation, then its other root will be m n.
RELATION BETWEEN ROOTS AND CO-EFFICIENTS

If and are the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 then,
ax2
+ bx + c = a(x )(x ) = a(x2 + )x + )
If =b 2
Now consider the following cases.

Nature of roots
Case-I a > 0, b > 0, c > 0 + < 0, > 0 Both roots are negative.
Case-II a > 0, b > 0, c < 0 + < 0, < 0 Both roots are opposite in sign; Magnitude of
negative root is more than the magnitude of positive root.
Case-III a > 0, b < 0, c > 0 0, 0 Both roots are positive.
Case-IV a > 0, b < 0, c < 0 + > 0, < 0 Roots are opposite in sign. Magnitude of positive root
is more than magnitude of negative root.
Important Notes :
(i) Roots are rational D is a perfect square.
(ii) Roots are irrational D is positive but not a perfect square.
Quadratic Equation [13]

(iii)If a + b + c = 0, then 1 is a root of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0.
(iv) If a and c are of opposite sign, the roots must be of opposite sign.
(v) If the roots are equal in magnitude but opposite in sign, then b = 0, ac < 0.
(vi) If the roots are reciprocal of each other, then c = a.
(vii) The quadratic equation whose roots are reciprocals of the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 is
cx2 + bx + a = 0 (i.e., the coefficients are written in reverse order).
(viii) If a = 1, b, c Z and the roots are rational numbers, then these roots must be integers.
(ix) If ax2 + bx + c = 0 is satisfied by more than two values, it is an identity and a = b = c = 0
and vice-versa.
(x) If P(x) = a1x2 + b1x + c1 and Q(x) = a2x2 + b2x + c2, then P(x). Q(x) = 0 have atleast two
real roots if D1 + D2 > O.
COMMON ROOTS
One root common :
If 0 is a common root of the equation
2
a1x + b1x + c1 = 0 ...(i)
and a2x2 + b2x + c2 = 0 ...(ii)
then we have
a1 2 + b1 + c1 = 0 and a2 2 + b2 + c2 = 0
2
1
These give b c b c c a c a a b a b (a1b 2 a 2 b1 0).
1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1
Thus, the required condition for one common root is (a1b2 2b1) (b1c2 2
2c1) = (c1a2 2a1)
and the value of the common root is
c1a 2 c 2 a1 bc b 2 c1
or 1 2 .
a1b 2 a 2 b1 c1a 2 c 2a1
Both roots common :

If the equations (i) and (ii) have both roots common, then these equations will be identical. Thus the
required condition for both roots common is
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c 2 (If no root is equal to zero)
Equation in terms of the Roots of another Equation

If , are roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c =0 then the equation whose roots are
(i) , ax 2 (Replace x by
(ii) 1/ , 1/ cx2 + bx + a = 0 (Replace x by 1/x)
(iii) n, n ; n N a(x 1/n)2
+b (x 1/n) +c=0 (Replace x by x 1/n)
(iv) k ,k ax2 + kbx + k2 c = 0 (Replace x by x/k)
(v) k + ,k+ a(x 2 + b (x (Replace x by (x
(vi) , k2 ax2 + kbx + c = 0 (Replace x by kx)

k k
(vii) 1/n, 1/n ; a(xn)2 + b(xn) + c = 0 (Replace x by x n)
n N

Direct formula : Replace x by 1/x
2(1/x)2 + 1/x x2
SYMMETRIC FUNCTION OF THE ROOTS
A function of and is said to be a symmetric function if it remains unchanged when and are
interchanged.
For example, 2 + 2 + 2 is a symmetric function of and whereas 2 2 +3 is not
a symmetric function of and .
In order to find the value of a symmetric function of and , express the given function in terms
of + and . The following results may be useful.
(i) 2 + 2 = ( + )2
(ii) 3 + 3 = ( + )3 ( + )
(iii) 4 + 4 = ( 3 + 3) ( + ) ( 2 + 2)
(iv) 5 + 5 = ( 3 + 3) ( 2 + 2) 2 2 ( + )
(v) ( )2 4
(vi) 2 2 =( + )( )
(vii) 3 3 =( ) [( + )2 ]
(viii) 4 4 =( + )( )( 2 + 2)
QUADRATIC EXPRESSION
Let y = ax2 + bx + c
2
b D
a x
2a 4a 2
b D b
(1) represents a parabola with vertex , and axis of the parabola is x
2a 4a 2a
If a > 0, the parabola opens upward while if a < 0, the parabola opens downward. The parabola
cuts the x-axis at points corresponding to roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0. If this equation has
(i) D > 0, the parabola cuts x-axis at two real and distinct points.
b
(ii) D = 0, the parabola touches x-axis at x .
2a
(iii)D < 0, then;
if a > 0, parabola lies above x-axis.
if a < 0, parabola lies below x-axis.
2
y=x
e.g. 1. y = x2
1 2
2
2
y = x +3x 2
2. y= + 3x
2
Graphs of Quadratic Expressions
Let f(x) = ax2 + bx + c and , : , be its roots
(i) a > 0 and D < 0 f ( x) 0 x R

and are complex conjugates b
2a
(ii) a > 0 and D = 0 f (x) 0 x R

b
f(x) = 0 at x
2a
b
2a
(iii)a > 0 and D > 0 ; then,
b
f(x) > 0 x ( , ) ( , ) 2a
f(x) < 0 x ( , )
D b
f ( x ) min at x
4a 2a
b
(iv) a < 0 and D < 0 f ( x) 0 x R 2a
and are complex conjugates
(v) a < 0 and D = 0 f ( x) 0 x R b

2a
f(x) = 0 at x b
2a
(vi) a < 0 and D > 0 ; then
f ( x) 0 x ( , ) ( , )
b
f ( x) 0 x ( , ) 2a
D b
f ( x ) max at x
4a 2a
Location of Roots
Let f ( x ) ax 2 bx c, a, b, c R, a 0 and be roots of f (x) = 0
(1)A real number k lies between the roots of f (x) = 0

a> 0 b D
,
2a 4a
k
a< 0
x-axis
b D k x-axis
,
2a 4a
(i) D > 0 (ii) af (k) < 0, where

(2)If both roots of quadratic equation f (x) = 0 are greater than k, then
a>0 b D
a<0 ,
2a 4a
k x-axis
k
x-axis
b D
,
2a 4a
b
(i) D 0 (ii) af (k) > 0 (iii) k , where
2a
(3)If both roots are less than real number k, then
a>0 a<0 b D
,
2a 4a
k x-axis
k
x-axis
b D
,
2a 4a
b
(i) D 0 (ii) af (k) > 0
(iii) k , where
2a
(4)Exactly one root lies between real numbers k1 and k2, where k1 < k2.
b D
,
2a 4a
a< 0
a> 0
k1
k2 k2 x-axis
k1 x-axis
(i) D>0 (ii) f (k1).f (k2) < 0, where

(5)If both roots of f (x) = 0 are confined between real numbers k1 and k2, where k1 < k2.
a>0 b D
a<0 ,
2a 4a
k1 k2 x-axis k k
1 2
x-axis
b D
,
2a 4a
(i) D 0 (ii) af (k1) > 0

b
(iii) af (k2) > 0 (iv) k1 k 2 , where
2a
(6)If real numbers k1 and k2 lie between roots of f (x) = 0, where k1 < k2.
a>0 a<0
k1 k2
x-axis k1 k2 x-axis
(i) D > 0 (ii) af (k1) < 0 (iii) af (k2) < 0, where
WAVY CURVE METHOD

k1 k2 kn
Let F( x ) ( x a1 ) r ( x a 2 ) r .......... ( x a n )r
( x b1 ) 1 ( x b 2 ) 2 .......... ( x b n ) n
where k1, k2,...........kn & r1, r2,...........rn N and a1, a2,...........an & b1, b2,...........bn are fixed real
numbers.
Points where numerator becomes zero are called zero
denominator becomes zero are called poles of the function. Find poles and zeros of the function F(x).
The corresponding zeros are a1, a2,...........an and poles are b1, b2,...........bn. Mark the poles and zeros
on the real number line. If there are n poles & zeros the entire number line is divided into
intervals. For F(x), number line is divided into
Place a positive sign in the right-most interval and then alternate the sign in the neighbouring interval
if the pole or zero dividing the two interval has appeared odd number of times. If the pole or zero
dividing the interval appeared even number of times then retain the sign in the neighbouring interval.
The solution of F(x) > 0 is the union of all intervals in which plus sign is placed and the solution of
F(x)<0 is the union of all intervals in which minus sign is placed.
( x 6)100 ( x 4) 441 ( x 3) 7 ( x 2)16
Let f ( x ) 11
1
x 200 x ( x 1) 43
3
1
The critical points are , 3, 6
3
+ + + + + ve
0 1
4 2 1 3 3 6
1
f (x) > 0 x ( , ( 0, (3, 6) (6, ) and
3
1
f (x) < 0 x ( ( ,3
3

Important Theorems and Results
1. Factor theorem : If is a root of the equation f (x) = 0, then f (x) is exactly divisible by
(x ) and conversely, if f (x) is exactly divisible by (x ) then is a root of the equation
f (x) = 0.
2. Every equation of an odd degree has atleast one real root, whose sign is opposite to that of its
last term, provided that the coefficient of the first term is positive.
3. Every equation of an even degree whose last term is negative has at least two real roots, one
positive and one negative, provided that the coefficient of the first term is positive.
4. If an equation has no odd powers of x, then all roots of the equation are complex provided all
the coefficients of the equation are having positive sign.
5. If x = is root repeated m times in f (x) = 0,

(f (x) = 0 is an nth degree equation in x) then
f (x)= (x )m g (x)
when g (x) is a polynomial of degree (n is repeated (m
f (x) = 0, (m f (x) = 0,...(m f m (x) = 0.
6. If a quadratic equation is satisfied by three different values of variable (x) i.e. x = x1, x2, x3, then
it is an identity and it will be satisfied by all values of x.

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 The roots of the quadratic equation 2x 2
(A) Rational and different (B) Rational and equal
(C) Irrational and different (D) Imaginary and different
Q.2 The roots of the quadratic equation x2 2 + b2) = 0 are -
(A) Rational and different (B) Rational and equal

(C) Irrational and different (D) Imaginary and different
Q.3 The roots of the equation (b+c) x2 + a =0 are (a,b,c Q) -

(A) Real and different (B) Rational and different
(C) Imaginary and different (D) Real and equal
Q.4 If the roots of the equation x2 + 2x +P = 0 are real then the value of P is -
(A) P 2 (B) P 1 (C) P 3 (D) None of these
Q.5 If the product of the roots of the quadratic equation mx2

of m is -
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) (D) 3
Q.6 If the equation (k 2

(A) 1,3 (B) 3,3/2 (C) 2, 3/2 (D) 3/2, 1
x 2 bx k 1
Q.7 If equation = has equal and opposite roots then the value of k is -
ax c k 1
a b a b a a
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D) 1
a b a b b b
Q.8 If the roots of the equations x2 + 3x + 2 = 0 and x2 = 0 are in the same ratio then the
value of is given by-
(A) 2/7 (B) 2/9 (C) 9/2 (D) 7/2
Q.9 If the equati ons 4x 2 2
common root is
17 17 17 17 17
(A) 0, (B) , (C) 0, (D) , 0
6 36 6 6 6
Q.10 The equations mx2 + 5x + 2 = 0 and 3x2 + 10x + n = 0 may have both the roots common, then the value
of mn is
(A) 4 (B 6 (C) 8 (D) 12
Q.11 If one root of the equations x 2+ 2x + 3k = 0 and 2x2 + 3x+ 5k = 0 is common then the values
of k is -
(A) 1, 2 (B 0, (C) 1, 3 (D) None of these
Q.12 If x2 + x 2 = 0 have a common root then

(A) 2 +1=0 (B) 2 + 7
(C 2 + 7 + 1 = 0 (D) 2
Q.13 If , are roots of the equation 2x2 + x 1/ , 1/ will
be -
(A) x 2 + x (B) x2 + 2x
(C x2 (D) None of these
Q.14 If , are the root of a quadratic equation x2

2
( 2
3 7 ) and ( 3 7) is -
(A) x2 + 4x + 1= 0 (B x2 2 (D) x2 + 2x + 3=0
Q.15 The maximum value of 5 + 20 x 2 for all real value of x is-

(A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 25 (D 30
x 2 14 x 9
Q.16 If x is real then the value of the expression lies between
x 2 2x 3
(A) (B) (C) (D
Q.17 The real values of a for which the quadratic equation 2x2 3
+ 8a 2
roots of opposite signs are given by-

(A) a > 5 (B 0 < a < 4 (C) a > 0 (D) a > 7
Q.18 L et be the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 & , be the roots of px2 + qx + r = 0 ; and D1,D2
the respective Discriminants of these equations. If are in A.P., then D1 : D2
a2 a2 b2 c2
(A (B) 2 (C) 2 (D)
p2 b q r2
2
Q.19 The sum of all real roots of the equation |x + |x
(A) 0 (B) 8 (C 4 (D) None of these
Q.20 A value of k for which the quadratic equation x2

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.21 The roots of the equation x2/3 + x1/3

(A) (B) 2i (C) (D) 2i, 2i
Q.22 Let one root of ax2 + bx + c = 0 where a, b, c are integers be 3 5 , then the other root is
(A) 3 5 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) None of these
Q.23 The number of real solutions of the equation, | x |2

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.24 The roots of the given equation (p 2 + (q
p q q r r p
(A) ,1 (B) ,1 (C) ,1 (D) None
r p p q p q
2 2
Q.25 How many roots the equation x 1 have
x 1 x 1
(A) one (B) two (C)infinite (D) None
1
Q.26 The value of 2 is
1
2
2 .............
(A) 1 2 (B) 1 2 (C) 1 2 (D) None of these
Q.27 If x1, x2, x3 are distinct roots of the equation, ax2 + bx + c = 0, then
(A) a = b = 0, c R (B) a = c = 0, b R (C) b2 0 (D) a = b = c = 0
Q.28 If x 6 6 6 .........to , then

(A) x is an irrational number (B) 2 < x < 3
(C) x = 3 (D) none of these
Q.29 The value of k for which 2x2

(A) (B) 9 and 7 (C) (D) 9 and
Q.30 The roots of the quadratic equation 2x2 + 3x + 1 = 0, are

(A) Irrational (B) Rational (C) Imaginary (D) None of these
Q.31 If x2 + 2x + 2xy + my
(A) (B) (C) 6, (D) 6,2
Q.32 Roots of the equations 2x2 2 + 5x + 2 = 0 are

(A) Reciprocal and of same sign (B) Reciprocal and of opposite sign
(C) Equal in product (D) None of these
Q.33 If a + b + c = 0, a 0, a, b, c Q, then both the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are

(A) Rational (B) Non-real (C) Irrational (D) Zero
Q.34 If one root of 5x2 + 13x + k = 0 is reciprocal of the other, then k =

(A) 0 (B) 5 (C) 1/6 (D) 6
1 1
Q.35 If and are the roots of the equation 4x2 + 3x + 7 = 0, then
3 3 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 5 5
Q.36 If the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 be and , then the roots of the equation cx2 + bx + a = 0 are
1 1 1
(A) , (B) , (C) , (D) None of these

Q.37 If a root of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 be reciprocal of a root of the equation a'x2 + b'x + c' = 0, then
(A) (cc' 2 = (ba' (B) (bb' 2 = (ca'
(C) (cc' 2 = (ba' + cb') (ab' + bc') (D) None of these
Q.38 If 2 i 3 is a root of the equation x2 + px + q = 0, where p and q are real, then (p, q) =
(A) ( (B) (4, (C) (4, 7) (D) (
Q.39 If and are the roots of the equation x2 + 1) ( + 1) =

(A) b (B) (C) 1 (D) b
Q.40 If and are the roots of ax2 + 2bx + c = 0, then is equal to
4b 2 2ac 4b 2 4ac 2b 2 2ac 2b 2 4ac

(A) (B) (C) (D)
ac ac ac ac
Q.41 If the sum of the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 be equal to the sum of their squares, then
(A) a(a + b) = 2bc (B) c(a + c) = 2ab (C) b(a + b) = 2ac (D) b(a + b) = ac
Q.42 If the difference of the roots of x2

(A) (B) (C) (D)
Q.43 If and are the roots of ax2 + 2bx + c = 0, then is equal to
2b 2b 2b b
(A) (B) (C) (D)
ac ac ac 2
Q.44 If are the roots of the equation x2 + ax + b = 0, then the value of 3 + 3 is equal to
(A) 3 + 3ab) (B) a3 + 3ab (C) 3 + 3ab (D) a3
Q.45 If the sum of the roots of the equation x2 + px + q = 0 is three times their difference, then which one of
the following is true
(A) 9p2 = 2q (B) 2q2 = 9p (C) 2p2 = 9q (D) 9q2 = 2p
Q.46 If the roots of the equation x2 + 2mx + m2

(A) 3 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D)
Q.47 If the roots of the equation ax2 + bx + c = 0 are l and 2l, then
(A) b2 = 9ac (B) 2b2 = 9ac (C) b2 = (D) a2 = c2
Q.48 If b2 4ac for the equation ax4 + bx2 + c = 0, then all the roots of the equation will be real, if
(A) b > 0, a < 0, c > 0 (B) b < 0, a > 0, c > 0 (C) b > 0, a > 0, c > 0 (D) b > 0, a > 0, c < 0
3
1 1
Q.49 The number of real roots of the equation x x 0 is
x x
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 6
Q.50 If the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 are and the roots of Ax2 + Bx + C = 0 are
B2 4AC
is equal to
b 2 4ac
2 2
A a
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) (D)
a A
Q.51 If 3p2 = 5p + 2 and 3q2 = 5q + 2 where p q, then the equation whose roots are 3p
is
(A) 3x2 (B) 5x2 + 3x + 100 = 0
(C) 3x2 (D) 5x2
(E) 5x2
Q.52 If are the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, then the equation whose roots are 2 + , 2 + is
2
(A) ax + x(4a (B) ax2 + x(4a
(C) ax2 + x(b (D) ax2 + x(b
1 1
Q.53 If , are the roots of 9x2 + 6x + 1 = 0, then the equation with the roots , is
(A) 2x2 + 3x +18 = 0 (B) x2 + 6x (C) x2 + 6x + 9 = 0 (D) x2
Q.54 The value of k for which one of the roots of x2 2
= 0 is
(A) 1 (B) (C) 2 (D) None of these
Q.55 If are the roots of the equation (x2 1 and 2 are two values of obtained
4 1 2
from , then 2 2 equals
5 2 1
(A) 4192 (B) 4144 (C) 4096 (D) 4048
Q.56 The expression y = ax2 + bx + c has always the same sign as c if

(A) 4ac < b2 (B) 4ac > b2 (C) ac < b2 (D) ac > b2
Q.57 The value of k for which the equation (k 2 + 8x + k + 4 = 0 has both roots real, distinct and
negative is
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D)
Q.58 The least integer k which makes the roots of the equation x2 + 5x + k = 0 imaginary is
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) 7
Q.59 If x2 2
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.60 If x2 + ax + 10 = 0 and x2 + bx 2 2 is equal to

(A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 40
Q.61 x2 2
(A) 24 (B) 0, 24 (C) 3, 24 (D) 0, 3

3x 2 9 x 17
Q.62 If x is real, the maximum value of is
3x 2 9x 7
(A) 1/4 (B) 41 (C) 1 (D) 17/7
x 2 34 x 71
Q.63 if x is real, then the value of does not lie between
x 2 2x 7
(A) (B) (C) 0 and 9 (D) 5 and 9
Q.64 If x is real, then the value of x2

(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8
Q.65 The smallest value of x2

(A) 3/4 (B) 5 (C) (D)
Q.66 If the roots of x2 + x + a = 0 exceed a, then

(A) 2 < a < 3 (B) a > 3 (C) (D) a <
Q.67 If the roots of the equation x2 2+a
(A) a < 2 (B) 2 a 3 (C) 3 a 4 (D) a > 4
Q.68 The adjoining figure shows the graph of y = ax2 + bx + c. Then

Y
(x1,0) (x2,0) X
O
(A) a < 0 b2
(B) < 4ac
(C) c > 0 (D) a and b are of opposite signs
Q.69 The expression y = ax2 + bx + c has always the same sign as c if

(A) 4ac < b2 (B) 4ac > b2 (C) ac < b2 (D) ac > b2
Q.1 The roots of Quadratic equation x2 + 14x + 45 = 0 are -

(A) (B) 5, 9 (C) (D)
Q.2 If f(x) = 2x3 + mx2

n are -
(A) 5,30 (B) (C) (D) 5,
Q.3 The roots of the equation x4 2 -

Q.4 Which of the following equations has 1 and

(A) x 2 (B) x2 + x (C) x2 (D) x2 + x + 2 = 0

Q.5 Roots of 3x + 3 = 10/3 are-
(A) 0, 1 (B) 1, (C) 0, (D) None of these
Q.6 The number of roots of the quadratic equation 8 sec2 + 1 = 0 is -

(A) Infinite (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 0
Q.7 For what value of m, the roots of the equation x2
(A) 1 (B) 1 (C) 1 1 (D) None of these

, , ,
4 4 4 4
Q.8 The roots of the equation x 2

(A) Imaginary (B) Rational (C) Irrational (D) None of these
Q.9 If roots of the equation (a 2 + (c

(A) A.P. (B) H.P. (C) G.P. (D) None of these
Q.10 If the roots of the equation 6x 2

(A) (B) (C) (D) 1,2
Q.11 If the roots of x2 2a = 0 are real, then-

1 1 1
(A) a (B) a (C) a (D) None of these
4 8 16
Q.12 For what value of a, the difference of roots of the equation (a 2
to 3 -
(A) 3, 3/2 (B) 3,1 (C) 1, 3/2 (D) None of these
Q.13 The difference between the roots of the equation x2

(A) 7 (B) 85 (C) 9 (D) 2 85
Q.14 The HM of the roots of the equation x2

2
Q.15 If the sum of the roots of the equation (a+1) x + ( 2a + 3) x + (3a + 4) = 0 is
of the roots is -
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 3
1
Q.16 Sum of roots is , then equation is -
6
(A) x 2 + x (B) x2 (C) 6x2 + x + 1 = 0 (D) x2
Q.17 If , are roots of the equation 2x2 2 + 2 is equal to -

(A) 15/2 (B) (C) 15/4 (D)
Q.18 If and are roots of ax2 + 1) ( + 1) is equal to -

a b c a b c a b c b a c
(A) (B) (C) (D)
a a a a

Q.19 If and are the roots of the equation x2 + x + = 0 then the values of and are -
(A) = 1, = (B) = 2, = (C) = 1, = (D) = =1
Q.20 If the sum of the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 be equal to sum of the squares, then -
(A) 2 ac = ab + b2 (B) 2 ab = bc + c2 (C) 2bc = ac + c2 (D) None of these
1 1
Q.21 If and are roots of x 2 and 1 will
1
be -
(A) 3x2 (B) 3x2 + 2x + 1 = 0
(C) 3x2 (D) x2
Q.22 If one of the roots of x(x + 2) = 4 2)tends , then a will tend to -

(A) 0 (B) (C) 1 (D) 2
Q.23 For the roots of the equation a bx x2 = 0 (a > 0 , b > 0) which statement is true -
(A) positive and same sign
(B) negative and same sign
(C) greater root in magnitude is negative and opposite in signs
(D) greater root is positive in magnitude and opposite in signs
Q.24 If x2 2
(A) 0, (B) 0, 1 (C) 0, 24 (D) 1, 24
Q.25 If one of the roots of x2 + ax + bc = 0 and x2 + bx + ca = 0 is common, then their other roots
are -
(A) a,b (B) b , a (C) b ,c (D) c ,a
Q.26 If the two equations x 2

x2 the second has equal roots, then 2 (b + d) =
(A) 0 (B) a + c (C) ac (D)
Q.27 If f(x) = 4x2 + 3x is a common root of the equation x2
x2 + 2x ) is -
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
Q.28 x2 + k ( 2x + 3) + 4 (x+ 2) + 3k
(A) 2 (B) (C) 1 (D)
x2 2x 1
Q.29 If x be real then the value of will not lie between -
x 1
(A) 0 and 8 (B) (C) (D) None of these
Q.30 If x be real then 2x2 + 5x

(A) x < (B) x > 0 (C) x > 1 (D)

Q.1 If the roots of the equation x2 and the roots of the equation x2 + px + q = 0 are
( 2 + 2) and
, then- [AIEEE-2002]
2
(A) p = 1 and q = 56 (B) p = 1 and q =
(C) p = (D) p =
Q.2 If and be the roots of the equation (x 0, then roots of the equation
(x ) (x ) + c = 0 are - [AIEEE-2002]
(A) a and c (B) b and c
(C) a and b (D) a+ b and b + c
Q.3 If 2= 5 2= 5 + is [AIEEE-2002]
(A) 19/3 (B) 25/3 (C) (D) None of these
Q.4 2
If the sum of the roots of the quadratic equation ax + bx + c = 0 is equal to the sum of the squares of
a b c
their reciprocals, then c , a and b are in- [AIEEE-2003]
(A)Arithmetic Geometric Progression (B)Arithmetic Progression
(C) Geometric Progression (D) Harmonic Progression
Q.5 The value of 'a' for which one root of the quadratic equation (a2 2 + (3a is twice
as large as the other, is- [AIEEE-2003]
1 2 2 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 3 3
Q.6 The number of real solutions of the equation x2 [AIEEE-2003]
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 4 (D) 1
Q.7 If (1 2 + px + (1 [AIEEE-2004]
(A) 0,1 (B) (C) 0, (D)
Q.8 If one root of the equation x2 + px + 12 = 0 is 4, while the equation x2 + px + q = 0 has equal roots, then
the value of [AIEEE-2004]
(A) 49/4 (B) 12 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.9 The value of a for which the sum of the squares of the roots of the equation x2 assume
the least value is - [AIEEE-2005]
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 3 (D) 2
Q.10 If the roots of the equation x2 2
[AIEEE-2005]
(A) (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
P Q
Q.11 In a triangle PQR, R= , If tan and tan are the roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0, a 0
2 2 2
then - [AIEEE-2005]
(A) a = b + c (B) c = a + b (C) b = c (D) b = a + c
Q.12 If both the roots of the quadratic equation x2 2+k
interval [AIEEE-2005]
(A) (5, 6] (B) (6, ) (C) ( , 4) (D) [4, 5]
Q.13 If the roots of the quadratic equation x2 + px + q = 0 are tan 30

of 2 + q [AIEEE-2006]
(A) 3 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2
Q.14 All the values of m for which both roots of the equation x2 2
less than 4, lie in the interval [AIEEE-2006]

(A) m > 3 (B) (C) 1 < m < 4 (D)
3x 2 9 x 17
Q.15 If x is real, the maximum value of is [AIEEE-2006]
3x 2 9 x 7
17 1
(A) 41 (B) 1 (C) (D)
7 4
Q.16 If the difference between the roots of the equation x2 + ax + 1 = 0 is less than 5 , then the set of possible
values of a is- [AIEEE-2007]
(A) ( (B) ( ) (C) (3, (D) ( , 3)
Q.17 The quadratic equations x2 and x 2 have one root in common. The other roots of
the first and second equations are integers in the ratio 4 : 3. Then the common root is [AIEEE-2008]
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
Q.18 How many real solution does the equation x7 + 14x5 + 16x3 + 30x [AIEEE-2008]
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 5 (D) 7
Q.19 If the roots of the equation bx2 + cx + a = 0 be imaginary, then for all real values of x, the expression
3b2x2 + 6bcx + 2c2 is - [AIEEE-2009]
(A) Greater than 4 ab (B) Less than 4ab
(C) Greater than (D) Less than

Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 B Q.4 B Q.5 C
Q.6 B Q.7 B Q.8 B Q.9 B Q.10 B
Q.11 B Q.12 C Q.13 C Q.14 B Q.15 D
Q.16 D Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 C Q.20 B
Q.21 C Q.22 A Q.23 D Q.24 C Q.25 D
Q.26 B Q.27 D Q.28 C Q.29 D Q.30 B
Q.31 C Q.32 B Q.33 A Q.34 B Q.35 A
Q.36 C Q.37 A Q.38 A Q.39 C Q.40 A
Q.41 C Q.42 C Q.43 C Q.44 C Q.45 C
Q.46 A Q.47 B Q.48 B Q.49 A Q.50 C
Q.51 A Q.52 D Q.53 C Q.54 B Q.55 D
Q.56 B Q.57 C Q.58 D Q.59 D Q.60 D
Q.61 B Q.62 B Q.63 D Q.64 A Q.65 A
Q.66 D Q.67 A Q.68 A Q.69 B
Q.1 D Q.2 B Q.3 B Q.4 B Q.5 B

Q.6 D Q.7 A Q.8 C Q.9 A Q.10 D
Q.11 C Q.12 A Q.13 B Q.14 A Q.15 C
Q.16 A Q.17 C Q.18 C Q.19 A Q.20 A
Q.21 A Q.22 C Q.23 C Q.24 C Q.25 B
Q.26 C Q.27 D Q.28 C Q.29 C Q.30 C
Q.1 D Q.2 C Q.3 A Q.4 D Q.5 B

Q.6 C Q.7 C Q.8 A Q.9 A Q.10 D
Q.11 B Q.12 B Q.13 A Q.14 B Q.15 A
Q.16 A Q.17 C Q.18 A Q.19 C

SEQUENCES AND SERIES
SEQUENCE, PROGRESSION AND SERIES
A sucession of numbers t1, t2, ... tn formed according to the some definite rule is called sequence.
numbers
Domain of sequence =N
if Range of sequence R Real sequence
if Range of sequence C Complex sequence
Sequence is called finite or infinite depending upon its having number of terms as finite or infinite
respectively.
For example: 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, .... is a sequence of prime numbers. It is an infinite sequence.
A progression is a sequence having its terms in a definite pattern e.g.: 1, 4, 9, 16, .... is a progression
as each successive term is obtained by squaring the next natural number.
However a sequence may not always have an explicit formula of nth term.
Series is constructed by adding or subtracting the terms of a sequence e.g., 2 + 4 + 6 + 8 + ..... is
a series. The term at nth place is denoted by Tn and is called general term of a sequence or
progression or series.
ARITHMETIC PROGRESSION (A.P.)

It is sequence in which the difference between any term and its just preceding term remains constant
throughout. This constant is called the
generally.
A.P. is of the form
a,(a + d), (a + 2d)....
where
Important relations :
an an 1 = d = common difference
th
an = n term of A.P. = {a + (n 1) d} = l
th
a r = r term of A.P. from the end
th
= (n r + 1) term from beginning
n = total number of terms
i.e., a r = a(n-r+1) = a + (n r) d
a n = nth term of A.P. from the end
= {l (n 1) d}
Sn = the sum of first n terms of A.P.
n n
= [2a ( n 1)d ] [a l ]
2 2
n
= [ 2l ( n 1)d ]
2
an = Sn Sn 1
[31]
Properties of Arithmetic Progressions
1. If a1, a2, a3,...., an are in A.P., then
(a) a1 + k, a2 + k ,...., an + k are also in A.P.
(b) ka1, ka2 ,...., kan are also in A.P.
a1 a2 a
(c) , ,...., n , k 0 are also in A.P.
k k k
2. If a1, a2, a3,...., and b1, b2, b3,.... are two A.Ps., then
(a) a1 + b1, a2 + b2, a3 + b3 ,...., are also in A.P.
(b) a1 1
, a2 2
, a3 3
,...., are also in A.P.
3. If a1, a2, a3,....an, are in A.P., then
(a) a1 + an = a2 + an = a3 + an = .... = 2a1 + (n
ar k ar k
(b) ar ,0 k n r
2
4. If nth term of a sequence is a linear expression in n then the sequence is an A.P.
5. If the sum of first n terms of a sequence is a quadratic expression in n, then the sequence is
an A.P.
6. Three numbers a, b, c are in A.P. if and only if b
i.e., if and only if a + c = 2b.
7. Any three numbers in an A.P. can be taken as a
can be taken as a
as a
GEOMETRIC PROGRESSION (G.P.)

A sequence (finite or infinite) of non-zero numbers in which every term, except the first one, bears a
constant ratio with its preceding term, is called a geometric progression.
The constant ratio, also called the common ratio of the G.P. is usually denoted by r.
For example, in the sequence, 1, 2, 4, 8, ....
2 4 8
.... 2 , which is a constant.
1 2 4
Thus, the sequence is a G.P. whose first term is 1 and the common ratio is 2.
Important Relations
For a G.P.; a, ar, ar2, ... arn
[32]
an = nth term of G.P.= arn 1 = l (last term)
where a = first term 0
an
r (r 0)
an 1
l
a n = nth term from end = n 1
r
a r = rth term from end of a G.P. having n terms
= a(n r+1) term from beginning.
= ar(n r)
Sn = Sum of n terms from beginning
a( r n 1) lr a
= when r 1
r 1 r 1
= na when r = 1
S = Sum of infinite G.P.

a
= ; where | r | < 1
1 r
Properties of Geometrical Progression

(i) a1, a2, a3, .... are in G.P. then
a1k, a2k, a3k, ... and a1/k, a2/k, a3/k .... are also in G.P. (k 0)
(ii) If a1, a2, a3, .... are in G.P. Then 1/a1, 1/a2, 1/a3, ... are also in G.P.
(iii) If a1, a2, a3, .... and b1, b2, b3, ... are two G.P.s, then a1b1, a2b2, a3b3, ... and
a1/b1, a2/b2, a3/b3, ... are also in G.P.
(iv) If a1, a2, a3, .... and b1, b2, b3, ... are two G.P.s, then a1 b1, a2 b2, a3 b3, ... are not in G.P.
(v) If a1, a2, a3, .... are in G.P. (ai 0, i ) , then log a1, log a2, log a3, .... are in A.P. In this case the
converse also holds good.
(vi) If a1, a2, a3, ....an are in G.P. , then
(a) a1an = a2an = a3an = .... = a2 rn
(b) ar ar k ar k , 0 k n r
(vii) If a1, a2, a3, a4,...., an , anare in G.P.
a2 a3 a4 an
then ... .
a1 a2 a3 an 1
a
(viii) Three numbers in G.P. can be taken as , a, ar ; Five numbers in G.P. can be taken
r
a a
as , , a, ar , ar 2 etc.
r2 r
a a
(ix) Four numbers in G.P. can be taken as , , ar , ar 3 ; Six numbers in G.P. can be taken as
r3 r
a a a
, , , ar , ar 3 , ar 5 ; etc.
r5 r3 r
[33]
HARMONIC PROGRESSION (H.P.)
Harmonical Progression is defined as a series in which reciprocal of its terms are in A.P.
The standard form of a H.P. is
1 1 1
+ + + .....
a a d a 2d
Note : a,b,c are in H.P.

2ac
b=
a c
General Term of a H.P.
General term (nth term) of a H.P. is given by
1
Tn = a n 1 d
Note : (i) There is no formula and procedure for finding the sum of H.P.
a a b
(ii) If a,b,c are in H.P. then
c b c
MEANS
Arithmetic Mean
If three terms
a and c
a c
b
2
x1 x2
i.e., A.M. of two numbers x1 and x2 is
2
a1 a2 a3 .... an
A.M. of n positive numbers =
n
Insertion of n Arithmetic means between two numbers

Let A1, A2, ... An are n A.M. between a and b then
a, A1, A2, ....., An, b form an A.P.
b is (n + 2)th term
(b a)
b a ( n 1)d d
n 1
n
A1 A2 .... An (a b )
2
r (b a )
Ar a
n 1
Geometric Mean
If three terms a, b, c are in G.P., then b is called G.M. of a and c such that
b ac
n
G.M. of n numbers = a1.a2 .a3 ....an
[34]
Insertion of n G.M. between two numbers (a and b)
Here a, G1, G2, .... , Gn, b will be in G.P.
So b = (n + 2)th term of G.P.
1
n+1 b n 1
Hence, b = a . r r
a
k
k b n 1
Gk ar a
a
Harmonic Mean (H.M.)
If three or more than three terms are in H.P., then all the numbers lying between first and last term
are called Harmonical Means between them. i.e.
The H.M. between two given quantities a and b is H so that a,H , b are in H.P.
1 1 1
i.e. , , are in A.P..
a H b
1 1 1 1 2ab
= H=
H a b H a b
Insertion of n H.M s between two given numbers

To find n HM
will be required HM
RELATION BETWEEN A.M., G.M. & H.M.

A, G, H are AM, GM and HM respectively between two numbers
a b 2ab
A= ,G= ab , H=
2 a b
2
a b a b
(i) ConsiderA ab = 0
2 2
So A G
In the same way G H A G H
a b 2ab
(ii) Consider A.H = . = ab = G2
2 a b
2
G = A.H.
SOME IMPORTANT RESULTS

(i) If number of terms in an A.P./G.P./H.P. is odd then its mid term is the A.M./G.M./H.M.
between the first and last number.
(ii) If the number of terms in an A.P./G.P./H.P. is even then A.M./G.M./H.M. of its two middle
terms is equal to the A.M./G.M./H.M. between the first and last numbers.
(iii) a,b,c are in A.P. and H.P. a, b,c are in G.P..
1 1 1
(iv) If a,b,c are in A.P. then , , are in A.P..
bc ac ab
[35]
1 1 1
(v) If a2, b2,c2 are in A.P. then , , are in A.P..
b c c a a b
(vi) If a,b,c are in G.P. then a2 , b2 ,c2 are in G.P.
(vii) If a,b,c,d are in G.P. then a + b, b + c,
c + d are in G.P.
b c c a a b
(viii) If a,b,c are in H.P. then , , are in A.P..
a b c
Special Series
Sigma ( ) notation
n
indicates sum i.e., i n 1 2 3 ...... n
i 1
n
i 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 n 1
(i) ....
i 1
i 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 n 2
m
(ii) a a a ..... a m times
i 1
= am where a is constant
m m
(iii) ai a i a(1 2 .... m )

i 1 i 1
m m m m
(iv) (i 3 2i 2 i) i3 2 i2 i
i 1 i 1 i 1 i 1
Important Results
(i) Sum of first n natural numbers
n 1 2 .... n
n(n 1)
=
2
(ii) Sum of squares of first n natural numbers

n2 = 12 + 22 + ..... + n2
n( n 1)(2n 1)
=
6
(iii) Sum of cubes of first n natural numbers
n3 = 13 + 23 + 33 +..... + n3
2
n(n 1)
= ( n )2
2
(iv) Sum of n terms of a sequence Tn = an3 + bn2 + cn + d
Sn a n3 b n2 c n dn
[36]
ARITHMETICO-GEOMETRIC PROGRESSION (A.G. P.)
nth term of A.G.. S. = (nth term of an A.P.) th
term of a G.P.)
If a, (a + d), (a + 2d) + .... be an A.P. &
b, br, br2 + ..... be a G.P. then
ab + (a + d) br + (a + 2d)br2 + .... is the corresponding A.G.S.
Tn of A.G.S. (Tn of A.P.) (Tn of G.P.)
Sum of finite A-G series
a dr (1 r n 1 ) (a (n 1)d )r n
Sn
1 r (1 r ) 2 (1 r )
For infinite A.G. series
a dr
S (| r | 1) .
1 r (1 r ) 2
Method of Difference
When the difference (or difference of differences) of the successive terms of series are inA.P. or G.P, the
nth term can be obtained as below. Hence Sn can be found.
Speedy method to Find Tn

If the difference between successive terms of a series are in A.P. then its nth term is of the form
Tn = an2 + bn + c and a, b, c can be found by comparison and hence Sn can be found.
[37]
Q.1 If (x + 1), 3x and (4x + 2) are first three terms of an AP then its 5th term is-
(A) 14 (B) 19 (C) 24 (D) 28
Q.2 The sum of all odd numbers of two digits is -

Q.3 If roots of the equation x3 2+ 39 x

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
b c a c a b a b c
Q.4 If , , are in A.P. then which of the following is in A.P.-
.-
a b c
1 1 1
(A) a,b,c (B) a2, b2, c2 (C) , , (D) None of these
a b c
Q.5 If the ratio of the sum of n terms of two AP

11th term -
(A) 45 : 64 (B) 3 : 4 (C) 64 : 45 (D) 4 : 3
Q.6 The interior angles of a polygon are in arithmetic progression. The smallest angle is 120
difference is 5
Q.7 The first, second and middle terms of an AP are a, b, c respectively. Their sum is-
2c a 2c c a 2c b a 2b c a
(A) (B) +c (C) (D)
b a b a c a b a
Q.8 The sum of integers in between 1 and 100 which are divisible by 2 or 5 is-
(A) 3100 (B) 3600 (C) 3050 (D) 3500
Q.9 If first, second and eight terms of a G.P. are respectively n , nn, n52, then the value of n is-
Q.10 The nth term of a GP is 128 and the sum of its n terms is 255. If its common ratio is 2 then its
first term is-
Q.11 If the sum of an infinitely decreasing GP is 3, and the sum of the squares of its terms is 9/2, the
sum of the cubes of the terms is-
(A) 105/13 (B) 108/13 (C) 729/8 (D) None of these
Q.12 If the sum of first two terms of an infinite GP is 1 and every term is twice the sum of all the
successive terms, then its first term is-
(A) 1/3 (B) 2/3 (C) 1/4 (D) 3/4
[38]
Q.13 Three numbers form an increasing GP. If the middle number is doubled, then the new numbers are
in AP. The common ratio of the GP is-
(A) 2 3 (B) 2 + 3 (C) 3 (D) 3 + 2
Q.14 If x, y, z are in G.P. and ax = by = cz then-

(A) logb a = logac (B) logc b = logac (C) logb a = logcb (D) None of these
Q.15 21/4. 22/8. 23/16. 24/32...... is equal to-

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3/2 (D) 5/2
Q.16 Sum of n terms of the series

8 + 88 + 888 + .... equals
8 8
(A) [ 10n+1 (B) [ 10n
81 81
8
(C) [10n+1 (D) None of these
81
1 1 1 1 1 1
Q.17 If a,b,c in H.P. then value of b c a c a b
=
2 1 3 2 3 2
bc b b ab ac b2
Q.18 If pth term of a HP be q and qth term be p, then its (p +q)th term is-
1 1 1 pq
(A) p q (B) p + q (C) p q (D) p + q
Q.19 If a1, a2, a3 ...., an are in HP, then a1a2 + a2a3 + .... + an an is equal to-
(A) na1 an (B) (n a
1 n
(C) (n+1) a1an (D) None of these
Q.20 : There are n arithmetic means between 1 and 31, such that the 7th mean : (n th
mean 5 : 9. Find n?
Q.21 If one A.M., A and two G.M.s

show that p3 + q3 = 2A pq.
A1 A 2
Q.22 If A1,A2 be two AM 1, G2 be two GM G1G2
is equal to -
a b 2ab a b ab
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2ab a b ab a b
Q.23 If between 1 and 1/31 there are n H.M. th and (n th harmonic means is 9 : 5,
then value of n is -
(A) 12 (B) 13 (C) 5 (D) 14
Q.24 a,b,c are first three terms of a GP. If HM of a and b is 12 and that of b and c is 36, then a equals-
(A) 24 (B) 8 (C) 72 (D) 1/3
[39]
1 1 1 5
Q.25 If a,x, y,z,b are inAP, then x+ y + z = 15 and if a,x,y,z, b are in HP, then + + = . Numbers a,b are
x y z 3
(A) 8,2 (B)11,3 (C) 9,1 (D) None of these
Q.26 Sum of n term of series 1.3 + 3.5 + 5.7 + ... is

1 2
(A) n(n+1) ( 2n+1) + n (B) n(n+1) ( 2n+1)
3 3
2
(C) n(n (D) None of these
3
Q.27 Find the sum of the series 3.5 + 6.8 + 9.11 + ..... + upto n terms
4 7 10
Q.28 Find the sum of n terms of the following series 1 .......... upto n terms.
5 52 53
1 1
Q.29 Sum of infinite terms of series 3 + 5. + 7. + .... is-
4 42
(A) 33/4 (B) 11/4 (C) 44/9 (D) 44/8
Q.30 Find sum of n terms of series, 1 + 3 + 7 + 15 + .....
Q.31 Find the sum of n terms of the sequence 1, 3, 7, 13, 21, .....
Q.32 Sum of the series 3 + 7 + 14 + 24 + 37 +... 10 terms, is

Q.1 10th term of the progression

(A) (B) 23 (C) (D) 32
Q.2 If 4th term of an AP is 64 and its 54th term is
(A) 5/2 (B) (C) 3/50 (D)
Q.3 Which term of the series 3 + 8 + 13 + 18 + ... is 498-
(A) 95th (B) 100th (C) 102th (D) 101th
Q.4 The number of terms in the series 101 + 99 + 97 + .....+ 47 is-
(A) 25 (B) 28 (C) 30 (D) 20
Q.5 If ( m+ 2)th term of an A.P. is (m + 2)2 2, then its common difference is-
(A) 4 (B) (C) 2 (D)

Q.6 If mth terms of the series 63 + 65 + 67 + 69 + .... and 3 + 10 + 17 + 24 + ... be equal, then m =
(A) 11 (B) 12 (C) 13 (D) 15
Q.7 If the 9th term of an A.P. be zero, then the ratio of its 29th and 19th term is-
(A) 1:2 (B) 2:1 (C) 1:3 (D) 3:1
Q.8 If pth, qth and rth terms of an A.P. are a, b and c respectively, then a(q
to -
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) a + b + c (D) p + q + r
[40]
Q.9 The 19th term from the end of the series 2 + 6 + 10 + ....+ 86 is
(A) 6 (B) 18 (C) 14 (D) 10
Q.10 In the following twoA.P.
2, 5, 8, 11.... to 60 terms, 3, 5, 7, ..... 50 terms
(A) 15 (B) 16 (C) 17 (D) 18
Q.11 If the sum of n terms of an AP is 2n2 + 5n, then its nth term is-
(A) 4n-3 (B) 4n + 3 (C) 3n + 4 (D) 3n
Q.12 If the ratio of sum of n terms of two A.P
12th terms is-
(A) 16: 7 (B) 7:16 (C) 7: 12 (D) 12: 5
Q.13 If we divide 20 into four parts which are in A.P. such that product of the first and the fourth is to the
product of the second and third is the same as 2 : 3, then the smallest part is-
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.14 If the angles of a quadrilateral are in A.P. whose common difference is 10
quadrilateral are-
(A) 65 (B) 75
(C) 65 (D) 65
Q.15 If the numbers a, b, c, d, e form an A.P., then the value of a
Q.16 If the first term of a G.P. be 5 and common ratio be
(A) 6th (B) 5th (C) 7th (D) 8th
Q.17 The fifth term of a GP is 81 and its 8th term is 2187, then its third term is-
512
Q.18 Which term of the progression 18, ?
729
(A) 9th (B) 10th (C) 8th (D) None of these
Q.19 Three numbers a, b, 12 are in G.P. and a, b, 9 are in A.P., then a and b are
(A) 3, 6 (B) (C) 3, (D)
Q.20 The sum of the infinite terms of 1 2 3 + ... is-
(A) 3/4 (B) 4/3 (C) (D)

Q.21 The value of 91/3 1/9 1/27 . . . upto , is-
Q.22 Everytermof an infinite GPis thrice the sum of all the successive terms. If the sum of first two terms is 15,
then the sum of the GP is-
(A) 20 (B) 16 (C) 28 (D) 30
Q.23 A geometric progression consists of an even number of terms. The sum of all the terms is three times that
of the odd terms, the common ratio of the progression will be-
(A) 1/2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 1/3
Q.24 Break the numbers 155 into three parts so that the obtained numbers form a G.P., the first term being less
than the third one by 120-
(A) 5,65,125 (B) 10,65,120 (C) 5,25,125 (D) None of these
Q.25 TheA.M. of two numbers is 34 and GM is 16, the numbers are-
(A) 2 and 64 (B) 64 and 3 (C) 64 and 4 (D) None of these
[41]
Q.26 Two numbers are in the ratio 4 : 1. If theirAM exceeds their GM by 2, then the numbers are-
(A) 4, 1 (B) 16, 4 (C) 12, 3 (D) None of these
2 3 4
Q.27 Sum to infinite of the series 1 + + + + .... is-
5 52 53
(A) 5/4 (B) 6/5 (C) 25/16 (D) 16/9
1 1
Q.28 The fifth term of the H.P. 2, 2 , 3 3 ,..... will be-
2
1 1
(A) 5 (B) 3 (C) 1/10 (D) 10
5 5
Q.29 If first and second terms of a HP are a and b, then its nth term will be-
ab ab ab
(A) a (n 1)ab (B) b (n 1)(a b ) (C) b (n 1)(a b ) (D) None of these
Q.30 If the mth term of a H.P. be n and nth term be m, then the rth term will be-
r mn mn mn
(A) (B) (C) (D)
mn r 1 r r 1
1 1
Q.31 If H is H.M. between two numbers a and b, then equals -
H a H b
1 1
(A) a (B) a + b (C) (D)
a b a b
Q.32 IfA,G & 4 areA.M, G.M & H.M of two numbers respectively and 2A+ G2 = 27, then the numbers are-
(A) 8,2 (B) 8,6 (C) 6,3 (D) 6,4
Q.33 The A.M. between two positive numbers exceeds the GM by 5, and the GM exceeds the H.M. by 4.
Then the numbers are-
(A) 10, 40 (B)10, 20 (C) 20, 40 (D) 10, 50
n
Q.34 k3 is equal to -
k 1
2 3
n n n n
2
(A) 2 k (B) k (C) k (D) 3 k2
k 1 k 1 k 1 k 1
Q.1 The sum of the series 13 3 + 33 3= [AIEEE- 2002]

(A) 300 (B) 125 (C) 425 (D) 0
Q.2 If the sum ofan infinite GP is 20 and sum of their square is 100 then common ratio will be =
[AIEEE- 2002]
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/4 (C) 3/5 (D) 1
Q.3 If the third termofan A.P. is 7 and its 7th term is 2 more than three times of its 3rd term, then sum of its
first 20terms is- [AIEEE- 2002]
(A) 228 (B) 74 (C) 740 (D) 1090
Q.4 If x1, x2, x3 and y1, y2, y3 are both in G.P. with the same common ratio, then the points
(x1, y1), (x2, y2) and (x3, y3) [AIEEE- 2003]
(A) are vertices of a triangle (B) lie on a straight line
(C) lie on an ellipse (D) lie on a circle
[42]
Q.5 If the system of linear equations x + 2ay + az = 0 ; x + 3by + bz = 0 ; x + 4cy + cz = 0 has a non- zero
solution, then a, b, c [AIEEE- 2003]
(A) satisfy a + 2b + 3c = 0 (B) are in A.P.
(C) are in G.P. (D) are in H.P
Q.6 Let two numbers have arithmetic mean 9 and geometric mean 4. Then these numbers are the roots of the
quadratic equation- [AIEEE- 2004]
(A) x2 + 18 x + 16 = 0 (B) x2
(C) x2 + 18 x (D) x2
Q.7 Let Tr be the rth term of anA.P. whose first term is a and common difference is d. If for some positive
1 1
integers m, n, m n, Tm = and Tn = , then a [AIEEE- 2004]
n m
1 1
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 1/mn (D)
m n
2 +..... is n (n 1)2
Q.8 The sum of the first n terms of the series 12 + 2 2 + 32 + 2 2 + 52 + 2 when n is
2
even. When n is odd the sum is- [AIEEE- 2004]
2 2 2
3n (n 1) n (n 1) n (n 1) n (n 1)
(A) (B) (C) (D) 2
2 2 4
Q.9 If x = an , y = bn , z = c n where a, b, c are in A.P. and | a | < 1, | b | < 1, | c | < 1 then

n 0 n 0 n 0
x, y, z are in - [AIEEE- 2005]

(A) GP (B) AP
(C)Arithmetic - Geometric Progression (D) HP
Q.10 If in a ABC, the altitudes from the vertices A, B, C on opposite sides are in H.P., then sin A, sin B, sin
C are in - [AIEEE- 2005]
(A) G.P. (B) A.P.
(C)Arithmetic (D) H.P.
a1 a2 ... ap p2 a6
Q.11 Let a1, a2, a3, ..... be terms of an A.P. If a a ... a = 2 , p q then a equals
1 2 q q 21
[AIEEE- 2006]
7 2 11 41
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 7 41 11
Q.12 If a1, a2, ..... an are in H.P., then the expression a1a2 + a2a3 + .... + an an is equal to
[AIEEE- 2006]
(A) (n 1 n) (B) na1an (C) (n 1an (D) n (a1 n)
Q.13 In a geometric progression consisting of positive terms, each term equals the sum of the next two terms.
Then the common ratio of this progression equals- [AIEEE- 2007]
1 1 1 1
(A) (1 5 ) (B) 5 (C) 5 (D) ( 5
2 2 2 2
2 6 10 14
Q.14 The sum to infinity of the series 1 2 3
....... [AIEEE 2009]
3 3 3 34
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6
Q.15 A person is to count 4500 currency notes. Let an denotes the number of notes he counts in the nth
minute. If a1 = a2 = ... = a10 = 150 and a10, a11 .... are in AP with common difference
taken by him to count all notes, is [AIEEE 2010]
(A) 24 min (B) 34 min (C) 125 min (D) 135 min
[43]
EXERCISE-I
Q.1 C Q.2 B Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 C

Q.6 9 Q.7 B Q.8 C Q.9 C Q.10 A
Q.11 B Q.12 D Q.13 B Q.14 C Q.15 B
Q.16 A Q.17 A,B Q.18 C Q.19 B Q.20 n = 14
Q.21 2A pq Q.22 C Q.23 D Q.24 B Q.25 C
3n( n 1)(2n 3) 35 3 1 (3 n 2 )
Q.26 B Q.27 Q.28
2 16 16 5 n - 2 4 . 5 n -1
n 2
Q.29 C Q.30 2n+1 Q.31 (n 2)
3
Q.32 B
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 B Q.2 B Q.3 B Q.4 B
Q.5 A Q.6 C Q.7 B Q.8 A
Q.9 C Q.10 C Q.11 B Q.12 B
Q.13 B Q.14 B Q.15 C Q.16 B
Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 A Q.20 A
Q.21 B Q.22 B Q.23 B Q.24 C
Q.25 B Q.26 B Q.27 C Q.28 D
Q.29 C Q.30 C Q.31 D Q.32 C
Q.33 A Q.34 B
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 C Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 B
Q.5 D Q.6 B Q.7 A Q.8 B
Q.9 D Q.10 B Q.11 C Q.12 C
Q.13 D Q.14 B Q.15 B Q.16 A
[44]
Trigonometric Equations
TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS
An equation involving the trigonometric ratios of an unknown angle is called a trigonometric equation.
e.g. sin x = 0 ; sin x + cos x = 1, etc. The equation is not completely solved unless we obtain an
expression for all the angles which satisfy it. Since, all trigonometric ratios are periodic in nature, a
trigonometric equation has, in general, an infinite number of solutions.
We note that
sin = 0 ; sin = 0 ; sin ( ) = 0 ;
sin 2 = 0 and so on.
In general, sin (n ) = 0 : n I,
where I denotes the set of integers.
Also, cos 0 ; cos 0;

2 2
3 3 5
cos 0 ; cos 0 ; cos 0 and so on.
2 2 2
Thus, in general, cos ( 2 n 1) 0 : n I.

2
6. METHOD FOR FINDING PRINCIPAL VALUE

1
Suppose we have to find the principal value of satisfying the equation sin =
2
Since sin is negative, will be in 3rd or 4th quadrant. We can approach 3rd or 4th quadrant from
two directions. If we take anticlockwise direction the numerical value of the angle will be greater
than . If we approach it in clockwise direction the angle will be numerically less than . For
principal value, we have to take numerically smallest angle.
X O X
/6 /6
B A
Y
So for principal value :
(i) If the angle is in 1st or 2nd quadrant we must select anticlockwise direction and if the angle
is in 3rd or 4th quadrant, we must select clockwise direction.
(ii) Principal value is never numerically greater than .
(iii) Principal value always lies in the first circle (i.e. in first rotation)
5
On the above criteria, will be or . Among these two has the least numerical value.
6 6 6
1
Hence is the principal value of satisfying the equation sin =
6 2
Trigonometric Equation [45]

From the above discussion, the method for finding principal value can be summed up as follows:
(i) First draw a Trigonometrical circle and mark the quadrant, in which the angle may lie.
(ii) Select anticlockwise direction for 1st and 2nd quadrants and select clockwise direction for
3rd and 4th quadrants.
(iii) Find the angle in the first rotation.
(iv) Select the numerically least angle among these two values. The angle thus found will be the
principal value.
(v) In case, two angles one with positive sign and the other with negative sign qualify for the
numerically least angle, then it is the convention to select the angle with positive sign as
principal value.
Method for finding principal value

Ex. Principal value of tan =
3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 4 4 4
Sol. tan is negative
will lie in 2nd or 4th quadrant.
For 2nd quadrant we will select anticlockwise
and for 4th quadrant, we will select clockwise direction.
3
In the first circle two values and are obtained.
4 4
Among these two, is numerically least angle.

4
Hence principal value is . Ans. [A]
4
GENERAL SOLUTIONS OF TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS

Since trigonometric functions are periodic functions, therefore, solutions of trigonometric equations can
be generalised with the help of periodicity of trigonometric functions. The solution consisting of all
possible solutions of a trigonometric equation is called its general solution.
Thus, a solution generalised by means of periodicity is known as the General Solution.
eg., General solution of the equation sin = 0 is n . where n is 0 or any positive or negative integer.
General solutions of equation of the forms
sin = sin , cos = cos , tan = tan
(i) sin = sin =n +( n ;n I; ,

2 2
(ii) cos = cos = 2n ;n I; [0, ]
(iii) tan = tan =n + ;n I; ,

2 2
sin 2 sin 2
(iv) cos 2 cos 2 n
2 2
tan tan
General solution of equations of the forms sin = 0, cos = 0, tan = 0

sin = 0 =n ,n I
cos = 0 = (2n + 1) /2, n I
tan = 0 =n ,n I

General solution of equations of the form sin = 1
sin 1 ( 4 n 1) / 2
cos 1 2n ,n I
cos 1 ( 2 n 1)
if sin sin
2n
& cos cos
where is principle value.
Solution of an equation of the form a cos + b sin = C
a cos + b sin = C
(i) Divide the equation by a 2 b 2
a b
(ii) Let cos and sin ( is least positive angle satisfying the equations)
2 2 2
a b a b2
C
(iii) Equation become cos ( ) cos
2
a b2
= 2n , so = 2n + ;n I
if |C| a2 b 2 ; no real solution exists.
SOLUTION OF SIMULTANEOUS EQUATIONS

Two equations in one unknown
Ex. What are the most general values of satisfying ?

1 1
(i) sin (ii) cos
2 2
1
Sol. (i) sin ;
2
1
Smallest angle whose sine is is .
2 6
General solution is : n ( 1) n : n I
6
1
(ii) cos ;
2
3
Numerically smallest angle is .
4
3
General solution is : 2n : n I
4
1
Ex. The most general value of satisfying the equations cos = and tan =
2
7 n7
(A) n + ;n I (B) n + ( ;n I
4 4
7
(C) 2n + ;n I (D) None of these
4
1
Sol. cos = = cos
2 4
= 2n ;n I
4
9 7
Put n = 1, = ,
4 4
tan =
4
=n ; n I
4
3
put n = 1, =
4
7
put n = 2, =
4
7
The common value which satisfies both these equation is
4
7
Hence the general value is 2n + Ans.[C]
4
1 1
Ex. Find the most general values of which satisfies the equations sin and tan .
2 3
Sol. First find the values of lying between 0 and 2 and satisfying the two given equations separately.
Select the value of which satisfies both the equation, then generalize it.
1 7 11
sin or
2 6 6
1 7
tan or [values between 0 and 2 )
3 6 6
Common value of = 7 /6.
The required solution is, 7 .
2n
6
Some Important Precautions

(i) While solving a trigonometric equation, squaring the equation at any step should be avoided as
far as possible. If squaring is necessary, check the solution for extraneous values.
(ii) Never cancel terms containing unknown terms on the two sides, which are in product. It may
cause loss of the genuine solution.
(iii) The answer should not contain such values of angles which make any of the terms undefined or
infinite.
(iv) Domain should not change. If it changes, necessary corrections must be made.
(v) Check that denominator is not zero at any stage while solving equations.
(vi) If tan or sec is involved in the equation, should not be an odd multiple of /2.
(vii) If cot or cosec is involved in the equation, should not be a multiple of or 0.
(viii)Note that f ( ) is always positive. For example,
cos 2 | cos | and not .

Q.1 The general solution of sin 2 = 0 is
n
(A) n ; n I (B) ;n I (C) (2n + 1) ;n I (D) 2n ; n I
2 2
Q.2 The general solution of tan = 0 is

2
(A) 2n ; n I (B) n ; n I
(C) (2n + 1) ;n I (D) None of these

2
1
Q.3 The general solution of cos = is
2
(A) 2n ;n I (B) n ;n I (C) 2n ;n I (D) n ;n I
6 6 3 3
1
Q.4 The general solution of cos2 = is
2
(A) n ;n I (B) 2n ;n I (C) n ;n I (D) None of these
3 4 4
Q.5 The number of solutions of equation, sin 5x cos 3x = sin 6x cos 2x, in the interval [0, ] are
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
Q.6 If sin + sin 3 + sin 5 = 0, then the general value of is

n m n
(A) , ; m, n I (B) ,m ; m, n I
6 12 3 3
n
(C) ,m ; m, n I (D) None of these
3 6
Q.7 Solve : tan (cot x) cot (tan x )
1
Q.8 Solve the equation, sin cos .
2
Q.9 General solution of equation

3 cos sin 2 is
(A) n + ;n I (B) 2n + ;n I
4 6 4 6
(C) 2n ;n I (D) None of these

4 6

1
Q.10 The most general value of satisfying the equations cos = and tan =
2
7 n7
(A) n + ;n I (B) n + ( ;n I
4 4
7
(C) 2n + ;n I (D) None of these
4
1 1
Q.11 Find the most general values of which satisfies the equations sin and tan .
2 3
Q.12 Solve the equation : cos 7 x sin 4 x 1
Q.1 Find the general value of , when cos 2 =0

(A) (n + 1) ; n I (B) n ; n I
(C) (2n + 1) ; n I (D) 2n ; n I
Q.2 The general solution of the equation tan2 + 2 3 tan = 1 is given by -

1 n
(A) = (B) n 2 (C) (6n + 1) (D)
2 12 12
Q.3 If cos + cos 7 + cos 3 + cos 5 = 0, then =

n n n
(A) ;n I (B) ;n I (C) ;n I (D) None of these
4 2 8
Q.4 The general solution of equation sin2 sec + 3 tan = 0 is -

(A) = n + ( n+1 (B) = n
3
n+1 n
(C) = n +( (D) =
6 2
Q.5 If (1 + tan ) (1 + tan ) = 2, then =

(A) 30o (B) 45o (C) 60o (D) 75o
Q.6 If is a root of 25 cos2 + 5 cos 0, < < then sin 2 is equal to-
2
24 24 13 13
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25 25 18 18
1
Q.7 The general value of satisfying the equation sin2 + =0
4
(A) 2n (B) 2n (C) 2n (D) None

3 4 6
Q.8 If 3 (sec2 + tan2 ) = 5, then the general value of is -
(A) 2n + (B) 2n (C) n (D) n

6 6 6 3
Q.9 If 2 cot2 = cosec2 , then the general value of is -
(A) n (B) 2n (C) n + ( n (D) 2n

4 4 4 2
Q.10 The general solutions of the equation sec2 x = 2 (1 2x) are given by-
(A) n + (B) n (C) n (D) None of these
8 4 8
Q.11 Find the general solution of x, cos2 2x + cos2 3x = 1
(A) (2k + 1) ,k I (B) ( k + 1) ; k I

10 10
(C) (2k , k I (D) Both (A) and (C)
10
Q.12 The general solution of the equation ( 3 +( 3 + 1) cos = 2 is -
(A) 2n + (B) n + ( n +
4 12 4 12
(C) 2n (D) n + ( n
4 12 4 12
Q.13 If cos x = 1 sin 2 x , 0 < x < , then a value of x is-

(A) tan 2 (B) 0 (C) (D) None of these
Q.14 The number of solutions of |cos x| = sinx, 0 x 4 is-

Q.15 The solution of the equation log2(sin x + cos x) 2(cos x) + 1 = 0 is :

1 1 1
(A) tan 1
(B) 0 (C) tan 2
(D) None of these
2
Q.16 The solution of equation 13 2x = 12 sin x is -

n 3 n 3
(A) n + ( sin (B) n + ( sin
2 2
(C) n (D) No solution
Q.17 The solution set of equation cos5x = 1 + sin4x is-

(A) n (n I) (B) 2n (n I) (C) 4n (n I) (D) None of these
Q.18 The general solution of the equation sin50x 50x = 1 is-

1
(A) 2n + (B) 2n + (C) n + (D) n +
2 3 2 3

Q.19 The general solution of the equation tan2 . tan = 1 for n I is, is equal to-
(A) (2n + 1) (B) (2n + 1) (C) (2n + 1) (D) (2n + 1)

4 6 2 3
Q.20 The number of distinct solutions of sin5 . cos3 = sin9 . cos7 in [0, /2] is-
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 8 (D) 9
cos 2 1
Q.21 For any real value of , the value of the expression y 2
is-
cos cos
(A) 1 y 2 (B) y < 0 and y > 2
(C) y 1 (D) y 1
Q.22 Total number of integral values of 'n' so that sin x (sin x + cos x) = n has at least one solution is-
(A) 2 (B) 1 (C) 3 (D) Zero
Q.23 If r > 0, and r, satisfy r sin = 3 and r = 4 (1 + sin ), then the number of possible
solutions of the pair (r, ) is-
(A) 2 (B) 4 (C) 0 (D) Infinite
Q.24 The value of satisfying
3cos2 3 sin cos 2 = 0 are-
2
(A) n ,n + (B) n ,n +
3 6 3 6
(C) 2n ,n (D) 2n + ,n
3 3
Q.25 The general solution of the equation 7 cos2 x + sin x cos x
(A) n + (n I) (B) n (n I)
2 4
4 4
(C) n + tan (n I) (D) n , k + tan (n, k I)
3 4 3
5 5
Q.26 If x ,
2 2
, the greatest positive solution of 1 + sin4 x = cos2 3x is-
(A) (B) 2 (C) 5 /2 (D) None of these
2
Q.27 The most general value of which satisfies both the equations tan = 3 and cosec = is -
3
4 2 4 2
(A) n + ;n I (B) n + ;n I (C) 2n + :n I (D) 2n + ;n I
3 3 3 3

2
Q.28 The general solution of tan = 3 is
3
3n n
(A) ;n I (B) ;n I
2 2 2 2
(C) n ;n I (D) None of these

2
Q.29 If tan + tan2 + tan tan2 = 1 then general value of is

n
(A) n ; n I (B) n ;n I (C) ;n I (D) none of these
3 3 12
2
Q.30 Find the general value of , when sec =
3
(A) n + (B) n (C) 2n (D) n + ( n
6 6 6 6
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 The no. of roots of the equation tan x + sec x = 2 cos x in the interval [0, 2 ] is [AIEEE-2002]
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.2 General solution of tan 5 = cot 2 is- [AIEEE-2002]

n n n n
(A) = + (B) = + (C) = + (D) = + ,n Z
7 14 7 5 7 2 7 3
Q.3 The number of values of x in the interval [0, 3 ] satisfying the equation 2 sin2 x + 5 sin x
[AIEEE-2006]
(A) 6 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 4
1
Q.4 If 0 < x < and cos x + sin x = , then tan x is [AIEEE-2006]
2
(A) (4 7 )/3 (B) 7 )/3 (C) (1 + 7 )/4 (D) (1 7 )/4

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 B Q.2 A Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 C

m
Q.6 B Q.7 x ( 1) m n
; n, m I ; n 0,
2 2
Q.8 2n Q.9 B Q.10 C

4 3
Q.11 7 Q.12 x 2m : m I or x 2n : n I
2n 2
6
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 C Q.2 C Q.3 D Q.4 B Q.5 B
Q.6 B Q.7 A Q.8 A Q.9 A Q.10 C
Q.11 D Q.12 A Q.13 A Q.14 B Q.15 A

Q.16 D Q.17 B Q.18 C Q.19 B Q.20 D
Q.21 B Q.22 A Q.23 A Q.24 B Q.25 D
Q.26 B Q.27 C Q.28 A Q.29 D Q.30 C
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 B Q.2 A Q.3 D Q.4 B

POINT
SYSTEM OF CO-ORDINATES
Cartesian Co-ordinates :
Let XOX and YOY be two perpendicular straight lines drawn through any point O in the plane of the
paper. Then
Cartesian Co-ordinates : The ordered pair of perpendicular distance from both axis of a point P lying
in the plane is called Cartesian Co-ordinates of P. If the Cartesian co-ordinates of a point Pare (x, y)
then x is called abscissa or x co-ordinate of P and y is called the ordinate or y co-ordinate of point P.
Y
x
P(x,y)
X y
O X
Y
Note : (i) Co-ordinates of the origin is (0, 0).
(ii) y co-ordinate on x- axis is zero.
(iii) x co-ordinate on y- axis is zero.
DISTANCE FORMULA
The distance between two points P(x1, y1) and Q (x2, y2) is given by PQ = ( x1 x 2 )2 ( y1 y2 )2
Note : (i) Distance of a point P(x,y) from the origin = x 2 y2
APPLICATIONS OF DISTANCE FORMULA
Position of Three Points :
Three given points A, B, C are collinear, when sum of any two distance out ofAB, BC, CAis equal to
remaining third distance. Otherwise the points will be vertices of a triangles.
Types of Triangle :
IfA, B and C are vertices of triangle then it would be.
(a) Equilateral triangle, whenAB = BC = CA.
(b) Isosceles triangle, when any two distance are equal.
(c) Right angle triangle, when sum of square of any two distances is equal to square of the third
distance.
Position of four Points :
Four given point A, B, C and D are vertices of a
(a) Square if AB = BC = CD = DA and AC = BD
(b) Rhombus if AB = BC = CD = DA & AC BD
(c) Parallelogram if AB = DC; BC =AD; AC BD
(d) Rectangle if AB = CD; BC = DA; AC = BD
Quadrilateral Diagonals Angle between diagonals
(i) Parallelogram Not equal

2
(ii) Rectangle Equal

2
(iii) Rhombus Not equal =

2
(iv) Square Equal =

2
Straight Line [55]
Note : (i) Diagonal of square, rhombus, rectangle and parallelogram always bisect each other.
(ii) Diagonal of rhombus and square bisect each other at right angle.
(iii) Four given points are collinear, if area of quadrilateral is zero.
SECTION FORMULA
Co-ordinates of a point which divides the line segment joining two points P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y3) in the
ratio m1 : m2 are.
m1x 2 m 2 x1 m1y 2 m 2 y1
(i) For internal division = ,
m1 m 2 m1 m2
m1x 2 m 2 x1 m1y 2 m 2 y1
(ii) For external division = ,
m1 m 2 m1 m 2
x1 x 2 y1 y2
(iii) Co-ordinates of mid point of PQ are put m1 = m2 ; ,
2 2
Note :
(i) Co-ordinates of any point on the line segment joining two points P(x 1, y1) and
x1 x 2 y1 y2
Q(x 2 , y 2 ) are , ,(
2 2
(ii) Lines joins (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is divided by
(a) x axis in the ratio = 1 / y2
(b) y axis in the ratio = 1 / x2
if ratio is positive divides internally, if ratio is negative divides externally.
(iii) Line ax + by + c = 0 divides the line joining the points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) in the ratio
ax1 by1 c
ax 2 by 2 c
CO-ORDINATE OF SOME PARTICULAR POINTS

Let A(x1,y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3) are vertices of any triangle ABC, then
Centroid : A
The centroid is the point of intersection of the medians

(Line joining the mid point of sides and opposite vertices).
F 2 E
Centroid divides the median in the ratio of 2 : 1.
G
x1 x2 x 3 y1 y2 y3
Co-ordinates of centroid G , B
1
3 3 D
C
Incentre : A
The incentre of the point of intersection of internal bisector of the angle.
Also it is a centre of a circle touching all the sides of a triangle.
F E
ax1 bx 2 cx 3 ay1 by 2 cy 3 1I
Co-ordinates of incentre ,
a b c a b c
B
where a, b, c are the sides of triangle ABC. D C
Straight Line [56]

CIRCUMCENTRE :
It is the point of intersection of perpendicular bisectors of the sides of a triangle. It is also the centre of a
circle passing vertices of the triangle. If O is the circumcentre of anytriangleABC, then OA2 = OB2 = OC2
(x ,y )
A 1 1
D
O
(x2,y2) (x3,y3)
B E C
Note : If a triangle is right angle, then its circumcentre is the mid point of hypotenuse.
Ortho Centre :
It is the point of intersection of perpendicular drawn from vertices on opposite sides (called altitudes) of
a triangle and can be obtained by solving the equation of any two altitudes.
(x ,y )
A 1 1
D
O
(x2,y2) (x3,y3)
B E C
Note :
1. If a triangle is right angle triangle, then orthocentre is the point where right angle is formed.
2. If the triangle is equilateral, then centroid, incentre, orthocentre, circumcentre, coincides
3. In case of equilateral triangle, centroid, incentre, circumcentre and orthocentre of the triangle lie
at the same point.
4. Orthocentre H, centroid G and circumcentre C of a triangle are collinear and centroid divides
the line joining orthocentre and circumcentre in the ratio of 1 : 2
1 : 2
C G H
5. In an isosceles triangle centroid, orthocentre, incentre, circumcentre lies on the same line.
AREAOFTRIANGLE
Area of Triangle
Let A(x1,y1), B(x2, y2) and C(x3, y3 ) are vertices of a triangle, then -
x1 y1 1
1 1
Area of Triangle ABC = x 2 y 2 1 = [ x1(y2 3) + x2 (y3 1) +x3 (y1 2 )]
2 2
x3 y3 1
Straight Line [57]

STRAIGHT LINE
1. E quation of Str ai ght L ine Par al lel to axes
(i) Equation of x axis y = 0.
Equation a line parallel to x axis (or perpendicular to y axis) at a distance y = a.
(ii) Equation of y axis x = 0.
Equation of a line parallel to y axis (or perpendicular to x axis) at a distance x = a.
eg. Equation of a line which is parallel to x-axis and at a distance of 4 units in the negative
direction y =
2. Slope of a Line
If is the angle made bya line with the positive direction of x axis in anticlockwise sense, then the value
of tan is called the Slope (also called gradient) of the line and is denoted by m or slope m = tan
eg. A line which is making an angle of 45
Note :
(i) Slope of x axis or a line parallel to x axis is tan 0
(ii) Slope of y axis or a line parallel to y axis is tan 90 .
y2 y1
(iii) The slope of a line joining two points (x1, y1) and (x2 , y2) is given by m = .
x2 x1
3. Different Forms of the Equation of Straight Line
Slope - Intercept Form :
y
C m = tan
x x
The equation of a line with slope m and making an intercept c on y

through theorigin, then c=0.Thus theequationofa linewithslope mand passingthroughthe origin y=mx.
Two Point Form :
The equation of a line passing through two given points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is -
y2 y1
y 1= (x 1)
x2 x1
Intercept Form :
x y
The equation of a line which makes intercept a and b on the x axis and y axis respectively is =1.
a b
Here, the length of intercept between the co-ordinates axis = a 2 b2
Y
(0, b)
B
b
(a, 0)
O a X
A
1 1
Area of OAB = OA. OB = a.b.
2 2
Straight Line [58]
Parametric Form (Distance Form) :
If be the angle made by a straight line with x-axis which is passing through the point (x1, y1) and r be
the distance of any point (x, y) on the line from the point (x1, y1 ) then its equation.
x x 1 y y1
= =r
cos sin
4. Reduction of General Form of Equations into Standard Forms

General Form of equation ax + by + c = 0 then its -
(i) Slope Intercept Form is
a c a
y= x , here slope m = , Intercept
b b b
c
C=
b
x y
(ii) Intercept Form is + = 1, here x intercept is =
c/a c/b
(iii) Normal Form is
To change the general form of a line into normal form, first take c to right hand side and make it
positive, then divide the whole equation by a 2 b2 like
ax by c
,
a2 b2 a2 b2 a2 b2
a b c
here, cos = 2 2 , sin = 2 2 and p = 2
a b a b a b2
9 5 4
e.g., Slope of a line joining two points (3, 5) and (7, 9) is = = 1.
7 3 4
5. POSITION OFA POINT RELATIVE TO ALINE

(i) The point (x1, y1) lies on the line ax + by + c = 0 if, ax1 + by1 + c = 0
(ii) If P(x1, y1) and Q(x2, y2) do not lie on the line ax + by + c = 0 then they are on the same side of
the line, if ax1 + by1 + c and ax2 + by2 +c are of the same sign and they lie on the opposite sides
of line if ax1 + by1 + c and ax2 + by2 + c are of the opposite sign.
(iii) (x1, y1) is on origin or non origin sides of the line ax + by + c = 0 if ax1 + by1 + c = 0 and c are
of the same or opposite signs.
6. Angle between two straight lines

m1 m 2
The angle between two straight lines y = m1x + c1 and y = m2x + c2 is given by tan = 1 m m
1 2
Parallel Lines :
Two lines are parallel, then angle between them is 0
Straight Line [59]

m1 m 2
= tan0
1 m1 m 2
m1 = m2
a1 b1
Note : Lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 are parallel a2 b2
Perpendicular Lines :
Two lines are perpendicular, then angle between them is 90
m1 m 2
= tan90
1 m1 m 2
m1m2 =
Note : Lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 are perpendicular then a1a2 + b1b2 = 0
Coincident Lines :
Two lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 are coincident only and only if
a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
Equation of Parallel & Perpendicular Lines :
(i) Equation of a line which is parallel to ax + by + c = 0 is ax + by + k = 0
(ii) Equation of a line which is perpendicular to ax + by + c = 0 is bx
The value of k in both cases is obtained with the help of additional information given in the
problem.
7. Length of Perpendicular
The length P of the perpendicular from the point (x1, y1) on the line ax + by + c = 0 is given by
ax 1 by1 c
P=
a2 b2
Reflection (Image) of a Point :

Let (x, y) be any point, then its image w.r.t.
(i) x-axis (x, (ii) y-axis (
(iii) origin ( (iv) line y = x (y, x)
8. Condition of Concurrency
Three lines a1x + b1y + c1= 0, a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 and a3x + b3y + c3 = 0 are said to be concurrent, if they
passes through a same point. The condition for their concurrency is
a 1 b 1 c1
a 2 b2 c2
=0
a 3 b 3 c3
Again, to test the concurrencyof three lines, first find out the point of intersection of any two of the three
lines. If this point lies on the remaining lines then the three lines are concurrent.
Note : If P = 0, Q = 0, R = 0 the equation of any three line and P + Q + R = 0 the line are concurrent.
But its converse is not true i.e. if the line are concurrent then it is not necessary that P + Q + R = 0
Straight Line [60]

9. Bisector of Angle between two straight lines
(i) Equation of the bisector of angles between the lines a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c = 0 are
a 1 x b 1 y c1 a 2x b2y c2
=
a 12 b 12 a 22 b 22
(ii) To discriminate between the acute angle bisector and the obtuse angle bisector : If be the angle
between one of the lines and one of the bisector, find tan . If |tan | < 1 then 2 < 90
bisector is the acute angle bisector, If | tan | > 1, then we get the bisector to be the obtuse angle
bisector.
(iii) First write the equation of the lines so that the constant terms are positive. Then
(a) If a1a2 + b1b2 > 0 then on taking positive sign in the above bisectors equation we shall get the
obtuse angle bisector and on taking negative sign we shall get the acute angle bisector.
(b) If a1a2 + b1b2 < 0, the positive sign give the acute angle and negative sign gives the obtuse angle
bisector.
(c) On taking positive sign we shall get equation of the bisector of the angle which contains the origin
and negative sign gives the equation of the bisector which does not contain origin.
10. Lines Passing through the Point of Intersection of Two Lines

If equation of two lines P = a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and Q = a2x + b2y + c2 = 0, then the equation of
the lines passing through the point of intersection of these lines is P + Q = 0 or (a1x + b1y + c = 0) +
(a2x + b2y + c2 = 0) = 0; Value of is obtained with the help of the additional information given in the
problem.
11. LOCUS
Alocus is the curve traced out by a point which moves under certain geometrical conditions. To find a
locus of a point first we assume the Co-ordinates of the moving point as (h, k) then try to find a relation
between h and k with the help of the given conditions of the problem. In the last we replace h by x and
k by y and get the locus of the point which will be an equated between x and y.
Note : (i) Locus of a point P which is equidistant from the two point A and B is straight line and is a
perpendicular bisector of lineAB.
(ii) In above case if PA = kPB where k 1 then the locus of P is a circle.
(iii) Locus of P ifAand B is fixed.
(a) Circle if APB = Constant (b) Circle with diameterAB if ABB =

2
(c) Ellipse if PA + PB = Constant (d) Hyperbola if PA
12. HOMOGENEOUS EQUATION

A Homogeneous equation of degree two of the type ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 always represents a pair of
straight lines passing through the origin and if
(i) h2 > ab Lines are real and distinct
(ii) h2 = ab Lines are real and coincident
(iii) h2 < ab Lines are imaginary with real point of intersection i.e. (0, 0)
Straight Line [61]

Note : (i) If y = m1x and y = m2x be the two equation represented by ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 then
m1 + m2 = m1m2 = a/b
(ii) If is the acute angle between the pair of straight lines represented byax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0, then
2 h 2 ab
tan = a b and if
(a) a + b = 0 Lines are perpendicular

(b) h = 0 Lines are equallyinclined to the axis
(iii) The equation of the straight lines bisecting the angles between the straight lines,
x2 y2 xy
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 = 0 is
a b h
13. GENERALEQUATION OFSECOND DEGREE

An equation of the form ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is called the general equation of second
degree in x and y it represent a pair of two Straight lines if
a h g
h b f
= =0
g f c
or abc + 2fgh 2 2 2=0
Note : The angle between the two lines representing by a general equation is the same as that between the
2 h 2 ab
lines represented by its Homogeneous part only i.e. tan =
a b
Equation of Lines joining the intersection points of a line & a curve to the origin
Let x + my + n = 0 ...(1)
2 2
and the second degree curve ax + 2hxy + by + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
then their joint equation is
2
lx my lx my lx my
ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx +2fy +c =0
n n n
i.e. making the equation (2) homogeneous using equation (1)
TRANSFORMATION OFAXES
Parallel transformation :
Let origin O(0, 0) be shifted to a point (a, b) by moving the x axis and yaxis parallel to themselves. If the
co-ordinate of point P with reference to old axis are (x1, y1) then co-ordinate of this point with respect
to new axis will be (x1 1 , y ) = P(x1 1
P(x1,y1)
O (a,b)
X
(0, 0) O
Straight Line [62]

Rotational transformation :
Let OX and OY be the old axis and OX and OY be the new axis obtained by rotating the old OX and
OY through an angle .
P(x,y)
X
Y
X
O
Again, if co-ordinates of any point P(x, y) with reference to new axis will be (x , y ), then
x = xcos + ysin
y= + ycos
x = x cos sin
y = x sin + y cos
The above relation between (x, y) and (x , y ) can be easily obtained with the help of following table.
x y
x' cos sin
y' sin cos
Straight Line [63]

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 Find the distance between P(3,
Q.2 If distance between the point (x, 2) and (3, 4) is 2, then the value of x is -
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 0
Q.3 The point whose abscissa is equal to its ordinate and which is equidistant from the point (1,0) and (0,3)
is -
(A) (3, 3) (B) (2, 2) (C) (1,1) (D) (4, 4)
Q.4 The point A(8,2); B(5,

(A)An equilateral triangle (B)Aright angled triangle
(C)An isosceles right angled triangle (D)An isosceles triangle
Q.5 Which of the following statement is true ?

(A) The Point A(0,
(B) The points A(
(C) The points A(
(D) None of these
Q.6 Find the co

(3,
Q.7 Incentre of triangle whose vertices are A (
Q.8 If (1,4) is the centroid of a triangle and its two vertices are (4,
(A) (7, 8) (B) (8, 7) (C) (8, 8) (D) (6, 8)
Q.9 If (0, 1), (1, 1) and (1, 0) are middle points of the sides of a triangle, then its incentre is -
(A) (2 2, 2) (B) (2 2,2 2)
(C) (2 + 2,2+ 2) (D) (2 + 2 , 2)
Q.10 If the vertices of a triangle are (1, 2) (4,
Q.11 The equation of the line which passes through the point (3, 4) and the sum of its intercept on the axes is
14, is -
(A) 4x (B) 4x + 3y = 24, x + y = 7
(C) 4x + 3y + 24 = 0, x + y + 7 = 0 (D) 4x
Q.12 The length of the perpendicular from the origin to a line is 7 and the line makes an angle of 150
positive direction of y-axis. The equation of the line is
(A) 3 x + y = 14 (B) 3 x
(C) 3 x + y + 14 = 0 (D) 3 x
Straight Line [64]

Q.13 If the intercept made by the line between the axes is bisected at the point (x1, y1), then its equation is
x y x y x y 1
(A) x + y = 2 (B) x + y = 1 (C) x + y = (D) None of these
1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Q.14 If x + 2y = 3 is a line and A(

(A) Ais on one side and B, C are on other side of the line
(B) A, B are on one side and C is on other side of the line
(C) A, C on one side and B is on other side of the line
(D) All three points are on one side of the line
Q.15 If A(
3 2 7
(A) tan (B) tan (C) tan (D) None of these
2 3 4
Q.16 The vertices of OBC are respectively (0, 0), (

BC and at a distance 1/2 from O which intersects OB and OC is -
(A) 2x + 2y + 2 = 0 (B) 2x 2 = 0 (C) 2x + 2y 2 = 0 (D) None of these
Q.17 If the lines ax + by + c = 0 , bx + cy + a = 0 and cx + ay + b = 0 are concurrent, then -

(A) a (B) a + b + c = 0 (C) b + c (D) a + b
Q.18 The bisector of the acute angle between the lines 3x

(A) 11x + 3y (B) 21x + 77y
(C) 11x (D) None of these
Q.19 Find the locus of a point such that the sum of its distance from the points (0, 2) and (0,
Q.20 Find the angle between the lines represented by the equation x2 2=0-
(A) sec (p) (B) tan (p) (C) cos (p) (D) None of these
Q.21 If the sides of triangle are x + y x

(A) (2, 1) (B) (2, (C) (1, 2) (D) (1,
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 If the slope of a line is 2 and it cuts an intercept
(A) y (B) x = 2y (C) y = 2x (D) None of these
Q.2 The line bx + ay = 3ab cuts the coordinate axes at Aand B, then centroid of OAB is -
(A) (b, a) (B) (a, b) (C) (a/3, b/3) (D) (3a, 3b)
Q.3 For a variable line x/a + y/b = 1, a + b = 10, the locus of mid point of the intercept of this line between
coordinate axes is -
(A) 10x+ 5y = 1 (B) x+ y = 10 (C) x + y = 5 (D) 5x + 10 y = 1
Q.4 The obtuse angle between the line y =

(A) 120 (B) 135 (C) 150 (D) 160
Straight Line [65]
Q.5 If the foot of the perpendicular from the origin to a straight line is at the point (3,
of the line is -
(A) 3x (B) 3x
(C) 4x + 3y (D) 4x
Q.6 The straight line L is perpendicular to the line 5x

coordinate axes is 5. Then the equation of the line will be -
(A ) x + 5y = 5 2 or x + 5y = 2 (B) x 2 or x 2
(C) x + 4y = 5 2 or x 2 (D) 2x + 5y = 5 2 or x + 5y = 5 2
Q.7 If (3,
then its fourth vertex is -
(A) ( (B) ( (C) (0, (D) None of these
Q.8 The area of the triangle formed by the points (a, b + c), (b, c + a), (c, a + b) is -
(A) a2 + b2 + c2 (B) abc (C) ab + bc + ca (D) 0
Q.9 The medians of a triangle meet at (0, 3) and its two vertices are at ( 1, 4) and (5, 2). Then the third
vertex is at
(A) (4, 15) (B) ( 4, 15) (C) ( 4, 15) (D) (4, 15)
Q.10 A point P (x, y) moves so that the sum of the distances from P to the coordinate axes is equal to the
distance from P to the pointA(1, 1). The equation of the locus of P in the first quadrant is
(A) (x + 1) (y + 1) = 1 (B) (x + 1) (y + 1) = 2
(C) (x (D) (x
Q.11 Let A(2, ABC. If the centroid of ABC moves on the line
2x + 3y = 1, then the locus of the vertex C is
(A) 2x + 3y = 9 (B) 2x (C) 3x + 2y = 5 (D) 3x
Q.12 Column-I Column-II

(A) The points (2, (P) square
taken in order constitute the vertices of a
(B) The points (0, (Q) rectangle
taken in order are the vertices of a
(C) The points (3, (R) trapezium
taken in order are the vertices of a (S) parallelogram
(D) The points ( (T) cyclic quadrilateral
taken in order are the vertices of a
Q.13 Area of a triangle whose vertices are (a cos ,b sin ), ( , b cos ) and ( , ) is -
1
(A) absin cos (B) acos sin (C) ab (D) ab
2
Straight Line [66]

Q.14 The area of an equilateral triangle whose two vertices are (1,0) and (3,0) and third vertex lying in the first
quadrant is-
(A) 3 / 4 (B) 3 / 2 (C) 3 (D) None of these
Q.15 The area of the parallelogram formed by the lines 4y

3y
(A) 3/8 (B) 2/7 (C) 1/6 (D) None of these
Q.16 The points on the line x + y = 4 which lie at a unit distance from the line 4x + 3y = 10, are -
(A) (3, 1), ( (B) ( (C) (3, 1), (7, 11) (D) (1, 3), (
Q.17 The point (a2, a + 1) lies in the angle between the lines 3x
origin, then -
(A) a (0, 1) (B) a 1 or a
1
(C) a ( ,1 (D) None of these
3
Q.18 If a ray traveling along the line x = 1 gets reflected from the line x + y = 1 then the equation of the line
along which the reflected ray travels is -
(A) y = 0 (B) x (C) x = 0 (D) none of these
Q.19 If 16a2 2 2= 0, then the line ax + by + c = 0 passes through the points -

(A) (4, (B) (5,
(C) (1, (D) None of these
Q. 20 If we reduce 3x + 3y + 7 = 0 to the form x cos + y sin = p, then the value of p is

7 7 3 7 7
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 3 3 2 3 2
Q.21 The locus of a point, which moves in such a way that its distance from the origin (0, 0) is thrice the
distance from x axis is -
(A) x2 2=0 (B) 4x2 2 = 0 (C) x2 + 8y2 = 0 (D) x2 2=0
Q.22 If A(cos , sin ), B (sin , ), C (1, 2) are the vertices of a ABC, then as varies, the locus of its
centroid is -
(A) x2 + y2 (B) x2 + y2
(C) 3(x2 + y2 ) (D) None of these
Q.23 Area of the parallelogram formed by the lines y = mx, y = mx + 1, y = nx and y = nx + 1 equals
m n 2 1 1
(A) 2 (B) m n
(C) m n (D) m n
(m n )
Q.24 Let O(0, 0), P (3, 4), Q(6, 0) be the vertices of the triangle OPQ. The point R inside the triangle OPQ
is such that the triangles OPR, PQR, OQR are of equal area. The coordinates of R are
(A) 4 3 , 3 (B) 3, 2 3 (C) 3, 4 3 (D) 4 3 , 2 3
Straight Line [67]

Q.25 Consider the lines given by
L1 = x + 3y L2 = 3x L3 = 5x + 2y
Match the statements / Expression in Column-I with the statements / Expressions in Column-II and
indicate your answer by darkening the appropriate bubbles in the 4
Column-I Column-II
(A) L1, L2, L3 are concurrent, if (P) k=
6
(B) One of L1, L2, L3 is parallel to at least one of the other two, if (Q) k=
5
5
(C) L1, L2, L3 form a triangle, if (R) k=
6
(D) L1, L2, L3 do not form a triangle, if (S) k=5
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 A square of side a lies above the x
origin makes an angle (0 < < ) with the positive direction of x

4
not passing through the origin is [AIEEE 2003]
(A) y (cos + sin ) + x (cos ) = a (B) y (cos ) )=a
(C) y (cos + sin ) + x (sin ) = a (D) y (cos + sin ) + x (sin + cos ) = a
Q.2 Locus of centroid of the triangle whose vertices are (a cos t, a sin t), (b sin t,
t is a parameter, is [AIEEE 2003]
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(A) (3x + 1) + (3y) = a (B) (3x + (3y) = a
2
(C) (3x + (3y)2 = a2 + b2 (D) (3x + 1)2 + (3y)2 = a2 + b2
Q.3 If the equation of the locus of a point equidistant from the points (a1, b1) and (a2, b2) is
(a1 2 )x + (b1 2 )y + c = 0, then the value of c is [AIEEE
(A) a12 b12 a 22 b 22 (B) a12 2
2 + b12 2
2
1 2 1 2
(C) (a + a22 + b12 + b22 ) (D) (a + b22 2 2 )
2 1 2 2 1 1
Q.4 LetA(2,
2x + 3y = 1, then the locus of the vertex C is the line [AIEEE 2004]
(A) 2x + 3y = 9 (B) 2x (C) 3x + 2y = 5 (D) 3x
Q.5 The equation of the straight line passing through the point (4, 3) and making intercepts on the coordinate
axes whose sum is [AIEEE 2004]
x y x y x y x y
(A) + = + = (B) = + =
2 3 2 1 2 3 2 1
x y x y x y x y
(C) + = 1 and + = (D) = 1 and + =1
2 3 2 1 2 3 2 1
Q.6 The line parallel to the x

ax + 2by + 3b = 0 and bx [AIEEE
(A) below the x (B) below the x
(C) above the x
Straight Line [68]

Q.7 If a vertex of a triangle is (1, 1) and the mid points of two sides through this vertex are (
then the centroid of the triangle is [AIEEE
7 1 7 7 1 7
(A) 1, (B) , (C) 1, (D) ,
3 3 3 3 3 3
x y 1
Q.8 If non 0 always passes through a
a b c
fixed point that point is [AIEEE
1
(A) ( (B) ( (C) (1, (D) 1,
2
Q.9 A straight line through the point A(3, 4) is such that its intercept between the axes is bisected at A. Its
equation is [AIEEE 2006]
(A) 3x (B) 4x + 3y = 24 (C) 3x + 4y = 25 (D) x + y = 7
x
Q.10 If (a, a2) falls inside the angle made by the lines y = , x > 0 and y = 3x, x > 0, then a belongs to
2
[AIEEE 2006]
1 1 1
(A) (3, ) (B) ,3 (C) 3, (D) 0,
2 2 2
Q.11 Let A(h, k), B (1, 1) and C (2, 1) be the vertices of a right angled triangle with AC as its hypotenuse. If
the area of the triangle is 1, then the set of values which 'k' can take is given by [AIEEE 2007]
(A) {1, 3} (B) {0, 2} (C) { (D) {
Q.12 The perpendicular bisector of the line segment joining P(1, 4) and Q(k, 3) has y-intercept-4. Then a
possible value of k is [AIEEE 2008]
(A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 1
x y
Q.13 The line L given by 1 passes through the point (13, 32). The line K is parallel to L and has the
5 b
x y
equation 1 . Then the distance between L and K is
c 3
23 17 23
(A) (B) 17 (C) (D) [AIEEE 2010]
15 15 17
Q.14 The lines L1 : y 2 : 2x + y = 0 intersect the line L3 : y + 2 = 0 at P and Q respectively. The

bisector of the acute between L1 and L2 intersects L3 at R.
Statement-1 : The ratio PR : RQ equals 2 2 : 5
Statement -2 : In any triangle , bisector of an angle divides the triangle into two similar triangle.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is the correct explanation of Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false andStatement-2 is not the correct explanation of Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true. [AIEEE 2011]
Straight Line [69]

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 109 Q.2 C Q.3 B Q.4 C

Q.5 C Q.6 (3, 1), (3, Q.7 ( Q.8 C
25
Q.9 B Q.10 square unit Q.11 B Q.12 A
2
Q.13 A Q.14 C Q.15 B Q.16 A
2 2
Q.17 B Q.18 C Q.19 9x + 5y = 45
Q.20 A Q.21 A
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 B Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 B

Q.5 A Q.6 A Q.7 A Q.8 D
Q.9 B Q.10 B Q.11 A
Q.12 (A) Q, S, T; (B) P, Q, S, T ; (C) S; (D) R, T
Q.13 D Q.14 C Q.15 B Q.16 A
Q.17 C Q.18 A Q.19 A
Q. 20 D Q.21 A Q.22 C Q.23 D
Q.24 C Q.25 (A) S; (B) P,Q; (C) R ; (D) P,Q,S
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 A Q.4 A Q.5 D
Q.6 A Q.7 C Q.8 C Q.9 B Q.10 B
Q.11 C Q.12 C Q.13 D Q.14 C
Straight Line [70]

CIRCLE
DEFINITION
A circle is the locus of a point which moves in a plane in such a way that its distance from a fixed point
is always constant. The fixed point is called the centre and constant distance is called the radius of the
circle.
NOTE:
(i) Curved section of any two point of a circle is called arc of circle.
(ii) Angle subtended at the centre of a circle by an arc is double of angle subtended at the circumference
of a circle.
STANDARD FORMS OF EQUATION OF A CIRCLE:

Central Form of Equation of a circle -
The equation of a circle having centre (h, k) and radius r is (x 2 + (y 2 = r2
r
(x, y)
(h, k)
NOTE:(i) If the centre is origin, then the equation of the circle is x2 + y2 = r2.
(ii) If r = 0 than circle is called point circle and its equation is (x 2 + (y 2 = 0.
EQUATION OF A CIRCLE IN SOME SPECIAL CASES

(i) If centre of circle is (h, k) and passes through origin then its equation is
(x 2 + (y 2 = h2 + k2 x2 + y2
(ii) If the circle touches x axis then its equation is (Four cases) (x 2 + (y 2 = k2
Y
( h,k) (h,k)
K K
K O K X
( h, k) (h, k)
(iii) If the circle touches y axis then its equation is (Four cases)
h h
( h,k) (h,k)
X
O
h h
( h, k) (h, k)
(x 2 + (y 2 = h2
(iv) If the circle touches both the axis then its equation is (Four cases)
(x 2 + (y 2 = r2
Circle [71]
Y
( r,r) (r,r)
O X
( r, r) (r, r)
(v) If the circle touches x axis at origin (Two cases)

x2 + (y 2 = k2 x2 + y2
(0,k)
X
(0,-k)
(vi) If the circle touches y axis at origin (Two cases)

(x 2 + y2 = h2 x2 + y2
Y
(-h,0) (h,0)
X
(vii) If the circle passes through origin and cut intercept of a and b on axes, the equation of circle
is (Four cases)
x2 + y2
Y
a
b
O X
General Equation of a Circle

The general equation of a circle is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, Where g, f, c are constants.
(i) Centre of a general equation of a circle is (
1 1
i.e. ( coefficient of x, coefficient of y)
2 2
(ii) Radius of a general equation of a circle is g 2 f2 c

NOTE: Before solving any problem of general equation of circle make coefficeints of x2 & y2
equal to one.
(i) The general equation of second degree ax2 + by2 + 2hxy + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 represents a circle if
a 0 and h = 0.
(ii) Locus of a point P represent a circle if its distance from two points A and B is not equal i.e.
Circle [72]
PA = kPB represent a circle if k 1
(iii) General equation of a circle represents
(a) A real circle if g2 + f 2
(b) A point circle if g2 + f 2
(c) An imaginary circle if g2 + f 2
(iv) In General equation of a circle
(a) If c = 0 The circle passes through origin
(b) If f = 0 The centre is on x
(c) If g = 0 The centre is on y
DIAMETRAL FORM:
If (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) be the extremities of a diameter, then the equation of circle is
(x 1) (x 2) + (y 1) (y 2) = 0
eg.
Parametric Equation of a Circle :

(i) The parametric equations of a circle x2 + y2 = r2 are x = rcos , y = rsin . Hence parametric
coordinates of any point lying on the circle x2 + y2 = r2 are (rcos , rsin ).
y
O x Q
(ii) The parametric equations of the circle (x 2 + (y 2 = r2 are x = h + r cos ,
y = k + r sin . Hence parametric coordinates of any point lying on the circle are
(h + r cos , k + r sin )
(iii) Parametric equations of the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is
x=
y=
POSITION OF A POINT WITH RESPECT TO A CIRCLE

A point (x1, y1) lies outside, on or inside a circle S x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 according as
S1 x12 + y12 +2gx1 + 2fy1 + c is positive, zero or negative i.e.
S1 > 0 Point is outside the circle.
S1 = 0 Point is on the circle.
S1 < 0 Point is inside the circle.
The least and greatest distance of a point from a circle

Let S = 0 be a circle and A (x1, y1) be a point. If the diameter of the circle which is passing through
the circle at P and Q. then
Q
r
C
P
A(x1, y1)
AP = AC
AQ = AC + r = greatest distance,
where
Circle [73]
LINE AND CIRCLE
Let L= 0 be a line and S = 0 be a circle, if
from the centre of circle on the line, then if
B
r
A
p>r Line is outside the circle

p=r Line touches the circle
p<r Line is the chord of circle
p=0 Line is diameter of circle
NOTE:
(i) Length of the intercept made by the circle on the line is = 2 r 2 p 2
(ii) The length of the intercept made by line y = mx + c with the circle x2 + y2 = a2 is
a 2 (1 m 2 ) c2
2
1 m2
Condition of Tangency
A line L = 0 touches the circle S = 0, if length of perpendicular drawn from the centre of the circle to
the line is equal to radius of the circle i.e. p = r. This is the condition of tangency for the line L= 0 Circle
x2 +y2 = a2 will touch the line y = mx + c if c=1 m 2 Again
(a) If a2 (1 + m2 ) 2 > 0 line will meet the circle at real and different points.
(b) If c2 = a2 (1 + m2) line will touch the circle.
(c) If a2 (1 + m2) 2 < 0 line will meet circle at two imaginary points.
Intercepts made on coordinate axes by the circle

The intercept made by the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 on -
(i) x axis = 2 g 2 c (ii) y axis = 2 f 2 c
NOTE: Circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 cuts

(i) x axis in two real, coincident or imaginary points according as g2 >, =, < c
(ii) y axis in two real, coincident or imaginary points according as f 2 >, = , < c
EQUATION OF TANGENT & NORMAL

Equation of Tangent
(A) For circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0
The equation of tangent at a point (x1, y1) is xx1 + yy1+ g(x +x1)+ f(y+y1)+ c = 0 or T = 0
Circle [74]
(B) For circle x2 + y2 = a2
(i) The equation of tangent at point (x1, y1) is xx1+ yy1 = a2
(ii) Slope Form: From condition of tangency for every value of m, the line y = mx a 1 m 2 is
am a
a tangent of the circle x2 + y2 = a2 and its point of contact is ,
1 m2 1 m2
(iii) Parametric form : at (a cos t, a sin t) equation of tangent will be x(a cot x) + y(a sin t) = a2
i.e. x cos t + y sin t = a
Equation of Normal :
Normal to a curve at any point P of a curve is the straight line passes through P and is perpendicular
to the tangent at P.
(A) The equation of normal to the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 at any point (x1,y1) is
y1 f
y 1 = x1 g (x 1)
Slope form :
The equation of any normal to the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is y + f = m(x + g).
where m is the slope of normal
(B) For circle x2 + y2 = a2
y1
(i) The equation of normal at any point (x1, y1) is xy1 1y = 0 or y = (x)
x1
(ii) Slope form : The equation of any normal is y = mx where m is the slope of normal.
a sin t
(iii) Parametric form : at (cost t, a sin t) , y = ( x ) i.e. x sin t
a cos t
NOTE:
The normal to the circle always passes through the centre of the circle.
Length of Tangent :
From any point, say P(x1, y1) two tangents can be drawn to a circle which are real, coincident or
imaginary according as P lies outside, on or inside the circle.
Q
S1
P
(x1, y1)
Let PQ and PR be two tangents drawn from P(x1, y1) to the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
Then PQ = PR is called the length of tangent drawn from point P and is given by
PQ = QR = x12 y12 2gx1 2fy1 c = S1 .
Circle [75]
PAIR OF TANGENTS :
From a given point P(x1, y1) two tangents PQ and PR can be drawn to the circle
S =x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0.
Their combined equation is SS1 = T2. Where S = 0 is the equation of circle T = 0 is the equation of
tangent at (x1, y1) and S1 is obtained by replacing x by x1 and y by y1 in S.
Q
P
(x1, y1)
CHORD OF CONTACT
The chord joining the two points of contact of tangents to a circle drawn from any pointAis called chord
of contact of A with respect to the given circle.
C
A
(x1, y1)
B
Let the given point is A(x1, y1) and the circle is S = 0 then equation of the chord of contact is
T = xx1 + yy1 + g(x + x1) + f(y + y1) + c = 0
NOTE :
(i) It is clear from the above that the equation to the chord of contact coincides with the equation
of the tangent, if the point (x1, y1) lies on the circle.
(ii) The length of chord of contact = 2 r 2 p2
a ( x12 y12 a 2 )3 / 2
(iii) Area of ABC is given by
x12 y12
DIRECTOR CIRCLE
The locus of the point of intersection of two perpendicular tangents to a circle is called the Director
circle.
(i) Let the circle be x2 + y2 = a2, then equation of director circle is x2 + y2 = 2a2
Obviously director circle is a concentric circle whose radius is 2 times the radius of the given
circle.
(ii) Director circle of circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = g2 + f2
COMMON TANGENTS
There are two kinds of common tangents
(i) Direct common tangent (DCT) (ii) Transverse common tangent (TCT)
Circle [76]
POSITION OF TWO CIRCLES AND NUMBER OF COMMON TANGENTS
Let C1 (h1, k1) and C2 (h2, k2) be the centre of two circle and r1, r2 be their radius then
Case-I : When C1C2 = r1 + r2 i.e. the distance between Direct common tangent
the centres is equal to the sum of their radii. In this
T1
case, two direct tangents are real and distinct while
the transverse tangents are coincident. The point C1 C2 T2
T1 divides c1 and c2 in the ratio of r1 : r2.
Transverse common tangent
Case-II:
When C1C2 > r1 + r2 i.e. the distance between the centres is
greater than the sum of their radii. In this case , the two circles
do not intersect with each other and four common tangents be
drawn. Two common tangents intersects at T2 called the direct C1 T1 C2 T2
common tangents and other two intersect at T1 called the
transverse common tangents.
Case-III:
When |r1 2| < C1C2 < r1 + r2 i.e. the distance between the
centre is less than the sum of their radii. In this case, the two
direct common tangents are real while the transverse tangents C1 C2 T2
are imaginary.
Case-IV:
When C1C2 = | r1 2 | i.e. the distance between the centre is equal
to the difference of their radii. In this case, two tangents are real and C1 C2
coincident while the other two are imaginary.
Case-V:
When C1C2 < |r1 2| i.e. the distance between centre is less than the
difference of their radii. In this case, all the four common tangents are
C1 C2
imaginary.
Condition Position Diagram No. of
common tangents
(i) C1C2 > r1 + r2 do not intersect or

one outside the other 4
C1 T1 C2 T2
C2
(ii) C1C2 < | r1 + r2 | one inside the other C1 0
T1
(iii) C1C2 = r1 + r2 external touch C1 C2 T2 3
Circle [77]
C2
(iv) C1C2 = | r1 + r2 | internal touch C1

1
(v) | r1 2 | intersection at two A
< C1C2 < r1 + r2 real points C1 B C2 T2 2
Points of intersection of common tangents :

The points T1 and T2 ( points of intersection of indirect and direct common tangents) divides C1C2
internally and externally in the ratio r1 : r2
Equation of the common tangents at point of contact :
S1 2 = 0.
Point of contact :
The point of contact divides C1C2 in the ratio r1 : r2 internally or externally as the case may be.
EQUATION OF A CHORD WHOSE MIDDLE POINT IS GIVEN

The equation of the chord of the circle x2 + y2 = a2 whose middle point P(x1, y1) is given is Slope
y1 x1
of line OP = ; slope of AB = y
x1 1
O
P(x1, y1)
A B
x1
So equation of chord is (y 1 ) = y (x 1) or xx1 + yy1 = x12 + y12. Which can be represent by
1
T = S1
CIRCLE THROUGH THE POINTS OF INTERSECTION

(i) The equation of the circle passing through the points of intersection of the circle S = 0 and line
L = 0 is S + L = 0.
(ii) The equation of the circle passing through the points of intersection of the two circle S = 0 and
S = 0 is S + S = 0. Where (
In the above both cases can be find out according to the given problem.
COMMON CHORD OF TWO CIRCLES

The line joining the points of intersection of two circles is called the common chord. If the equation of
two circle.
S1 = x2 + y2 + 2g1x + 2f1y + c1 = 0 and
S2 = x2 + y2 + 2g2x + 2f2y + c2 = 0, then equation of common chord is S1 2=0
2x( g1 2 ) + 2y(f1 2) + c 1 2 = 0
Circle [78]
NOTE :
A
(i) The length of the common chord is 2 r12 p12 = 2 r22 p 22 r
common
where p1 and p2 are the length of perpendicular drawn p chord
from the centre to the chord.
B
(ii) While using the above equation of common chord the coefficient of x2 and y2 in both the equation
should be equal.
(iii) Two circle touches each other if the length of their common chord is zero.
(iv) Maximum length of the common chord = diameter of the smaller circle.
ANGLE OF INTERSECTION OF TWO CIRCLES

The angle of intersection between two circles S = 0 and S A
as the angle between their tangents at their point of intersection.
If S x2 + y2 + 2g1x + 2f1y + c1 = 0
S x2 + y2 + 2g2x + 2f2y + c2 = 0
are two circles with radii r1, r2 and d be the distance between their S=0 S =0
centres then the angle of intersection between them is given by
r12 r22 d 2 2(g1g 2 f1f 2 ) (c1 c 2 )
cos = or cos =
2 r1r2 2 g12 f12 c1 g 22 f 22 c2
Condition of Orthogonality :
If the angle of intersection of the two circle is a right angle ( = 90
Orthogonal circle and conditions for their orthogonality is 2g1g2 + 2f1f2 = c1 + c2
NOTE : When the two circles intersect orthogonally then the length of tangent on one circle from the centre
of other circle is equal to the radius of the other circle.
SOME IMPORTANT POINTS

(i) Locus of mid point of a chord of a circle x2 + y2 = a2 which subtends an angle at the centre
is x2 + y2 = (acos /2)2
(ii) The locus of mid point of chords of circle x2 + y2 = a2 which are making right angle at centre
a2
is x2 + y2 =
2
(iii) The locus of mid point of chords of circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 which are making
c
right angle at origin is x2 + y2 + gx + fy + =0.
2
(iv) The area of triangle which is made by coordinate axes and the tangent at a point
(x1, y1) of circle x2 + y2 = a2 is a4/2x1y1
(v) If a point is outside, on or inside the circle then number of tangents from the points is
2, 1 or none.
(vi) A variable point moves in such a way that sum of square of distances from the vertices
of a triangle remains constant then its locus is a circle whose centre is the centroid of the
triangle.
(vii) If the points where the line a1x + b1y + c1 = 0 and a2x + b2y + c2 = 0 meets the coordinate
axes are con-cyclic then a1a2 = b1b2.
Circle [79]
RADICAL AXIS & RADICAL CENTRE
RadicalAxis The radical axis of two circle is the locus of a point, which moves in such a way that the lengths
of the tangents drawn from it to two given circles are equal.
A
P Q
c1 c2
The equation of radical axis of two circle S = 0 and S = 0 is written as S = 0.

NOTE :
(i) Radical axis of two circle is perpendicular to the line joining their centres.
(ii) Radical axis bisects every common tangents of two circles.
(iii) If two circles intersect a third circle orthogonally, then their radical axis passes through the centre
of third circle.
(iv) Radical axis of three circle, taken two at a time meet at a point provided the centre of the circle
are not collinear.
(v) If two circle touch each other, then the equation of the common tangent at the point of contact
is S
tangent at the point of contact are special cases of radical axis.
(vi) For two circles whose centre are not same, radical axis always exist, while common chord and
common tangent may or may not exist.
Radical Centre :
The point where the radical axis of three given circles taken in pairs meet, is called the radical centre
of those three circles.
Thus the length of the three tangents drawn from the radical centre on the three circles are equal
If S1 = 0, S2 = 0 and S3 = 0 be any three given circles, then to obtain the radical centre, we solve any
two of the following
S1 2 = 0, S2 3 = 0, S3 1 =0
NOTE :
(i) If the centres of three circles are collinear then their radical centre will not exist.
(ii) The circle with centre at radical centre and radius is equal to the length of tangents from
radical centre to any of the circles will cut the three circle orthogonally and is called as
Radical circle.
(iii) Circles are drawn on three sides of a triangle as diameter than radical centre of these
circles is the orthocentre of the triangle.
Circle [80]
EXERCISE-I
Q.1 Find the area of a circle which passes through (5, 7) and its centre is (3, 4).
Q.2 Find the equation of a circle with centre at the origin and which passes through (7,
Q.3 Give the equation of shaded region in rectangular co-ordinates.
P
6 4
O
(2, 3)
Q.4 If the lines 2x

of the circle is
(A) x2 + y2 + 2x (B) x2 + y2 = 49
(C) x2 + y2 (D) x2 + y2 = 17
Q.5 A circle touches x- axis at +3 distance and cuts an intercept of 8 in +ve direction of y-axis. Its equation
is
(A) x2 + y2 + 6x + 10y (B) x2 + y2
2
(C) x + y 2 (D) x2 + y2 + 6x + 10y + 9 = 0
Q.6 A circle touches the y-axis at the point (0, 4) and cuts the x-axis in a chord of length 6 units. The radius
of the circle is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 5 (D) 6
Q.7 Find the equations of circles which have radius 13 and which touch the line 2x
Q.8 The equation of a circle which touches x-axis and the line 4x
quadrant and lies on the line x
(A) 9 (x2 + y2) + 6x + 24 y + 1 = 0 (B) 9 (x2 + y2)
(C) 9 (x2 + y2) (D) None of these
Q.9 Radius of the circle 2 (x2 + y2) + 4x

2
(A) 17 / 2 (B) 17 (C) (D) 17 / 4
17
Q.10 If y = 2x + K is a diameter to the circle 2(x2 + y2) + 3x + 4y

(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D) 1/2
Q.11 A circle with centre origin and a point on its periphery is (3, 0). C
B A
Find the equation of circle in diametric form. (0, 0) (3, 0)
Q.12 Parametrically a circle is x = and y = . Give the cartesian equation of circle

and find its area.
Circle [81]
Q.13 Find the shortest and longest distance between following two circles x = cos ; y = sin and
x = 3 + 2cos ; y = 3 + 2sin
Point (6, 2 + y2
Q.14 1 = 36 + 9
and point (1, 1= 1 + 1
Q.15 Find the least and greatest distance of point (6,8) from circle x2 + y2 = 4 is -
Q.16 The length of intercept on y axis, by a circle whose diameter is the line joining the points
(
(A) 2 13 (B) 13 (C) 4 (D) None of these
Q.17 For the line 3x + 2y = 12 and the circle x2 + y2

is true
(A) Line is a tangent to the circle (B) Line is a chord of the cirlce
(C) Line is a diameter of the circle (D) None of these
Q.18 The equation of the circle which is touched by y = x, has its centre on the positive direction of the
x-axis and cuts off a chord of length 2 units along the line 3 y
(A) x2 + y2 (B) x2 + y2
2
(C) x + y 2 (D) x2 + y2
Q.19 Two rods of length a and b slide on the axes in such a way that their ends are always concylic. The
locus of centre of the circle passing through the ends is -
(A) 4 (x2 2) = a2 2 (B) x2 2 = a2 2
(C) x2 2 = 4 (a2 2) (D) x2 + y2 = a2 + b2
Q.20 If the tangent to a circle x2 + y2 = 5 at point (1, 2 +y2

then its point of contact is -
(A) ( (B) (3, (C) ( (D) (5, 0)
Q.21 The equations of the tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = 36 which are inclined at an angle of 45
are
(A) x + y = 6 (B) x = y 3 2 (C) y = x 6 2 (D) None of these
Q.22 Let A be the centre of the circle x2 + y2

circle then, if tangents be drawn at B and D, which meet at C, a then area of quadrilateral ABCD is
(A) 150 (B) 75 (C) 75/2 (D) None of these
Q.23 Length of the tangent drawn from point (1, 5) to the circle 2x2 + 2y2 = 3 is -
(A) 7 (B) 7 2 (C) 7 2 /2 (D) None of these
Q.24 Distance between the chord of contact with respect to point (0, 0) and (g, f) of circle
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 is -
1 g2 f2 c g2 f2 c
(A) (g2 + f 2 + c) (B) g2 + f 2 (C) (D)
2 2 g2 f 2 2 g2 f 2
Circle [82]
Q.25 The locus of the centre of the circle which touches externally the circle x2 + y2
also touches the y-axis, is -
(A) x2 (B) x2
(C) y 2 (D) y2
Q.26 Circles x2 + y2 2 + y2
(A) Touch each other internally (B) Touch each other externally
(C) Cuts each other at two points (D) None of these
Q.27 The equation of the circle whose radius is 3 and which touches the circle x2 + y2
internally at the point (
(A) (x 2 = 32 (B) (x 2 = 32
(C) (x 2 + (y 2 = 32 (D) None of these
Q.28 The circles x2 + y2 + 2x 2 + y2

(A) externally at (0,1) (B) internally at (0,1)
(C) externally at (1,0) (D) internally at (1,0)
Q.29 If y = 2x is a chord of the circle x2 + y2 = 10 x, then the equation of the circle whose diameter is this
chord is -
(A) x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y = 0 (B) x2 + y2 + 2x
(C) x2 + y2 (D) None of these
Q.30 If lines y = x + 3 cuts the circle x2 + y2 = a2 in two points A and B, then equation of circle with AB
as diameter is -
(A) x2 + y2 + 3x 2 + 9 = 0 (B) x2 + y2 + 3x 2 + 9 = 0
(C) x2 + y2 2 + 9 = 0 (D) None of these
Q.31 The equation of the circle which passes through points of intersection of circle
x2 + y2 + 4x 2
+ y2 + 2x + 3y
(A) x2 + y2 + 8x + 13y (B) x2 + y2 + 13x
2
(C) x + y 2 (D) x2 + y2
Q.32 For what value of k the circles x2 + y2 + 5x + 3y + 7 = 0 and x2 + y2

(A) 4 (B) 18 (C) (D)
Q.33 If a circle passes through the point (1,2) and cuts the circle x2 + y2 = 4 orthogonally, then the locus
of its centre is -
(A) x2 + y2 (B) x2 + y2
(C) 2x + 4y (D) 2x + 4y
Q.34 The equation of the radical axis of two circles x2 + y2 2 + y2) + y

(A) 3x + y (B) 3x
Circle [83]
Q.1 Which of the following is the equation of a circle?
(A) x2 + 2y2 (B) x2 2 + x + y + 1 = 0
(C) x2 + y2 + xy + 1 = 0 (D) 3(x2 + y2) + 5x + 1 = 0
Q.2 The radius of a circle with centre (a, b) and passing through the centre of the circle
x2 + y2 2 = 0 is
(A) (a g ) 2 b2 (B) a2 (b g ) 2
(C) a2 (b g) 2 (D) (a g ) 2 b2
Q.3 If (x, 3) and (3, 5) are the extremities of a diameter of a circle with centre at (2, y). Then the value of
x and y are
(A) x = 1, y = 4 (B) x = 4, y = 1
(C) x = 8, y = 2 (D) None of these
Q.4 The parametric coordinates of any point on the circle x2 + y2

(A) ( , ) (B) (2 + 2cos , 2 + 2 sin )
(C) (2 + 2 2 cos , 2 + 2 2 sin ) (D) None of these
Q.5 The equation to the circle whose radius is 4 and which touches the x
is
(A) x2 + y2 (B) x2 + y2
2 2
(C) x + y + 6x (D) x2 + y2
Q.6 The circle x2 + y2

(A) touches x (B) touches both axes
(C) passes through the origin (D) touches y
Q.7 Circle x2 + y2
(A) (B) 9 < m < 20 (C) (D) None of these
Q.8 The lines 12x

the circle is
1
2
Q.9 The equations of tangents to the circle x2 + y2

5x + 12y + 8 = 0 are
(A) 12x (B) 12x
Q.10 The equation of the normal to the circle x2 + y2

is
(A) 2x (B) 2x + y
(C) 2x + y + 7 = 0, 2x + y + 9 = 0 (D) 2x
Circle [84]
Q.11 If the equation of one tangent to the circle with centre at (2,
equation of the other tangent through the origin is
(A) x + 3y = 0 (B) 3x (C) x (D) x + 2y = 0
Q.12 The equation of the chord of contact, if the tangents are drawn from the point (5,
x2 +y2 = 10, is
(A) 5x (B) 3x+ 5y = 10 (C) 5x + 3y = 10 (D) 3x
Q.13 Two perpendicular tangents to the circle x2 + y2 = a2 meet at P. Then the locus of P has the equation
(A) x2 + y2 = 2a2 (B) x2 + y2 = 3a2 (C) x2 = y2 = 4a2 (D) None of these
Q.14 If circles x2 + y2 = r2 and x2 + y2

(A) r < 2 and r > 18 (B) 2 < r < 18
(C) r = 2 and r = 18 (D) None of these
Q.15 The equation to the chord of the circle x2 + y2 = 16 which is bisected at (2,
(A) 2x + y = 16 (B) 2x
(C) x + 2y = 5 (D) 2x
Q.16 Length of the common chord of the circles x2 + y2 + 5x + 7y + 9 = 0 and x2 + y2 + 7x + 5y + 9 = 0 is

(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 7 (D) 6
Q.17 The equation of the circle which passes through the origin has its centre on the line x + y = 4 and cuts the
circle x2 + y2
(A) x2 + y2 (B) x2 + y2
Q.18 If the lines a1 x + b1 y + c1 = 0 and a2 x + b2 y + c2 = 0 cut the coordinate axes in concyclic points, then
(A) a1 a2 = b1 b2 (B) a1b1 = a2b2
(C) a1 b2 = a2 b1 (D) None of these
Q.19 Three equal circles each of radius r touch one another. The radius of the circle which touching by all the
three given circles internally is -
(2 3) (2 3)
(A) (2 + 3 ) r (B) r (C) r (D) (2 3)r
3 3
Q.20 If the two circles (x 2 + (y 2 = r2 and x2+ y2

points then -
(A) 2 < r < 8 (B) r < 2 (C) r = 2, r = 8 (D) r > 2
Q.21 The length of the tangent drawn from any point on the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + = 0 to the circle
x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + = 0 is -
(A) (B) (C) (D) ( / )
Q.22 If the line (x + g) cos + (y + f) sin = k touches the circle x2 + y2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0, then -
(A) g2 + f 2 = k2 + c2 (B) g2 + f 2 = k + c
(C) g2 + f 2 = k2 + c (D) None of these
Circle [85]
Q.23 The equation of the circle which passes through (1, 0) and (0, 1) and has its radius as small as
possible, is -
(A ) 2x 2 + 2y2 (B) x2 + y2
2
(C) x + y 2 (D) x2 + y2
Q.24 Tangents drawn from origin to the circle x2 + y2 2 = 0 are perpendicular to each other,
if -
(A) a (B) a + b = 1 (C) a2 = b2 (D) a2 + b2 = 1
Q.25 Locus of centre of circle touching the straight lines 3x + 4y = 5 and 3x + 4y = 20 is -
(A) 3x + 4y = 15 (B) 6x + 8y = 15 (C) 3x + 4y = 25 (D) 6x + 8y = 5
Q.26 The locus of the centre of a circle of radius 2 which rolls on the outside of the circle
x2 + y2 + 3x
(A) x2 + y2 + 3x (B) x2 + y2 + 3x
29
(C) x2 + y2 + 3x =0 (D) x2 + y2 + 3x
4
Q.27 If the circle x2 + y2 + 2x 2 + y2 + 2x
2 2
x + y + 2x
(A) 8 (B) 9 (C) 11 (D) 12
Q.28 Of the two concentric circles the smaller one has the equation x2 + y2 = 4. If each of the two intercepts
on the line x + y = 2 made between the two circles is 1, the equation of the larger circle is -
(A) x2 + y2 = 5 (B) x2 + y2 = 5 + 2 2
(C) x2 + y2 = 7 + 2 2 (D) x2 + y2 = 11
Q.29 If the equation of the in-circle of an equilateral triangle is x2 + y2 + 4x
circum-circle of the triangle is-
(A) x2 + y2 + 4x + 6y (B) x2 + y2 + 4x
Q.30 If a circle whose centre is (
point of contact are
7 18 21
(A) ,4 (B) , (C) (2, (D) (
2 5 5
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 The square of the length of tangent from (3, 2 + y2
(A) 20 (B) 30 (C) 40 (D) 50

[AIEEE-2002]
Q.2 If the two circles (x-1)2 + (y - 3)2 = r2 and x2 + y2 - 8x + 2y + 8 = 0 intersect in two distinct points, then
(A) r > 2 (B) 2 < r < 8 (C) r < 2 (D) r = 2
[AIEEE-2003]
Q.3 The lines 2x - 3y = 5 and 3x - 4y = 7 are diameters of a circle having area as 154 sq. units. Then the
equation of the circle is
(A) x2 + y2 - 2x + 2y = 62 (B) x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y = 62
(C) x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y = 47 (D) x2 + y2 - 2x + 2y = 47
[AIEEE-2003]
Circle [86]
Q.4 If a circle passes through the point (a, b) and cuts the circle x2 + y2 = 4 orthogonally, then the locus of its
centre is-
(A) 2ax + 2by + (a2 + b2 + 4) = 0 (B) 2ax + 2by - (a2 + b2 + 4) = 0
2 2
(C) 2ax - 2by + (a + b + 4) = 0 (D) 2ax - 2by - (a2 + b2 + 4) = 0
[AIEEE-2004]
Q.5 Avariable circle passes through the fixed point A(p, q) and touches x- axis. The locus of the other end
of the diameter throughAis-
(A) (x -p)2 = 4qy (B) (x - q)2 = 4py (C) (y - p)2 = 4qx (D) (y - q)2 = 4px
[AIEEE-2004]
Q.6 If the lines 2x + 3y + 1 = 0 and 3x - y - 4 = 0 lie along diameters of a circle of circumference 10 , then
the equation of the circle is-
(A) x2 + y2 - 2x + 2y- 23 = 0 (B) x2 + y2 - 2x - 2y- 23 = 0
2 2
(C) x + y + 2x + 2y- 23 = 0 (D) x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y- 23 = 0
[AIEEE-2004]
Q.7 If the circles x2 + y2 + 2ax + cy + a = 0 and x2 + y2 - 3ax + dy - 1 = 0 intersect in two distinct point P
and Q then the line 5x + by - a = 0 passes through P and Q for
(A) exactly one value of a (B) no value of a
(C) infinitelymanyvalues of a (D) exactly two values of a
[AIEEE-2005]
Q.8 A circle touches the x-axis and also touches the circle with centre at (0, 3) and radius 2. The locus of the
centre of the circle is-
(A) an ellipse (B) a circle (C) a hyperbola (D) a parabola
[AIEEE-2005]
Q.9 If a circle passes through the point (a, b) and cuts the circle x2 + y2 = p2 orthogonally, then the equation
of the locus of its centre is -
(A) x2 + y2 - 3ax - 4by + (a2 + b2 - p2) = 0 (B) 2ax + 2by - (a2 - b2 + p2) = 0
(C) x2 + y2 - 2ax - 3by + (a2 - b2 - p2) = 0 (D) 2ax + 2by - (a2 + b2 + p2) = 0
[AIEEE-2005]
2 2
Q.10 If the pair of lines ax + 2 (a + b)xy + by = 0 lie along diameters of a circle and divide the circle into four
sectors such that the area of one of the sectors is thrice the area of another sector then -
(A) 3a2 - 10ab + 3b2 = 0 (B) 3a2 - 2ab + 3b2 = 0
2
(C) 3a + 10ab + 3b = 0 2 (D) 3a2 + 2ab + 3b2 = 0
[AIEEE-2005]
Q.11 If the lines 3x - 4y - 7 = 0 and 2x - 3y - 5 = 0 are two diameters of a circle of area 49 square units, the
equation of the circle is-
(A) x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y - 62 = 0 (B) x2 + y2 - 2x + 2y - 62 = 0
2 2
(C) x + y - 2x + 2y - 47 = 0 (D) x2 + y2 + 2x - 2y - 47 = 0 [AIEEE-2006]
Q.12 Let C be the circle with centre (0, 0) and radius 3 units. The equation of the locus of the mid points of the
2
chords of the circle C that subtend an angle of at its centre is -
3
27
(A) x2 + y2 = 1 (B) x2 + y2 =
4
9 3
(C) x2 + y2 = (D) x2 + y2 = [AIEEE-2006]
4 2
Circle [87]
Q.13 Consider a family of circles which are passing through the point (-1, 1) and are tangent to x-axis. If (h, k)
are the co-ordinates of the centre of the circles, then the set of values of k is given by the interval-
(A) 0 < k < 1/2 (B) k 1/2 (C) - 1/2 k 1/2 (D) k 1/2
[AIEEE-2007]
Q.14 The point diametrically opposite to the point P(1, 0) on the circle x2 + y2 + 2x + 4y -3 = 0 is -
(A) (-3, 4) (B) (-3, -4) (C) (3, 4) (D) (3, - 4)
[AIEEE-2008]
Q.15 The circle x2 + y2 = 4x + 8y + 5 intersects the line 3x

(A) (B) (C) 15 < m < 65 (D) 35 < m < 85
[AIEEE-2010]
Q.16 The two circles x2 + y2 = ax and x2 + y2 = c2 (c > 0) touch each other if

(A) 2| a | = c (B) | a | = c (C) a = 2c (D) | a | = 2c
[AIEEE-2011]
Q.1 13 Q.2 53 Q.3 4 ( x 2) 2 ( y 3) 2 6

Q.4 C Q.5 C Q.6 C Q.7 ( x 1) 2 (y 4) 2 13
Q.8 A Q.9 D Q.10 D Q.11 (x x + 3) + y2 = 0
Q.12 9 sq. units Q.13 Longest distance = 3( 2 1)
Q.14 S1 = 1 + 1 Q.15 8 Q.16 C Q.17 C
Q.18 A Q.19 A Q.20 B Q.21 C Q.22 B
Q.23 C Q.24 D Q.25 D Q.26 A
Q.27 B Q.28 A Q.29 C Q.30 A Q.31 B
Q.32 C Q.33 C Q.34 A
Q.1 D Q.2 A Q.3 A Q.4 C Q.5 C

Q.6 B Q.7 C Q.8 B Q.9 A Q.10 A
Q.11 A Q.12 A Q.13 A Q.14 B Q.15 D
Q.16 D Q.17 C Q.18 A Q.19 B Q.20 A
Q.21 A Q.22 C Q.23 B Q.24 C Q.25 D
Q.26 B Q.27 A Q.28 B Q.29 B Q.30 B
Q.1 C Q.2 B Q.3 D Q.4 B Q.5 A Q.6 A Q.7 B

Q.8 D Q.9 D Q.10 D Q.11 C Q.12 C Q.13 B Q.14 B
Q.15 B Q.16 B
Circle [88]
PERMUTATIONS & COMBINATIONS
1. FACTORIALNOTATION
The continuous product of first n natural numbers is called factorial and it can be represented by
notation |n or n! .
i.e. n! = 1.2.3......... (n
Note : (1) Factorial is defined only for whole numbers.

(2) Factorial for any real number other than whole numbers is not defined.
(3) n! = n
(4) 0 ! = 1 (by definition)
2. EXPONENT OF A PRIME NUMBER P IN n !

Let p be a given prime and n any positive integer. then the maximum power of p present in n! is
n n n
........ where [x] denotes the greatest integer function.
p p2 p3
Note: The formula do not work for composite numbers.
3. FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLES OF COUNTING

When one or more operations can be accomplished by number of ways then there are two principles to
find the total number of ways to accomplish one, two, or all of the operations without counting them as
follows:
3.1 Fundamental Principle of Multiplication :

If an operation can be performed in m n
the two operations in succession can be performed in m n
For example: A person can go by rail from Delhi to Lucknow in two ways and from Lucknow to
Varanasi in three ways then he can travel from Delhi to Varanasi via Lucknow in 2
3.2 Fundamental Principle of addition:

If an operation can be performed in m
n m+n
IMPORTANT POINTS TO REMEMBER

DIVISIBILITY OF NUMBERS
The following chart shows the conditions of divisibility of numbers by 2,3,4,5,6,8,9,25
Divisible by Condition
2 whose last digit is even (2, 4, 6, 8, 0)

3 sum of whose digits is divisible by 3
4 whose last two digits number is divisible by 4
5 whose last digit is either 0 or 5
6 which is divisible by both 2 and 3
8 whose last three digits numberis divisible by 8
9 sum of whose digits is divisible by 9
25 whose last two digits are divisible by 25
Permutation and Combination [89]

4. PERMUTATIONS
Permutation means arrangement in a definte order of things which may be alike or different token some
or all at a time. Hence permutation refers to the situation where order of occurrence of the events is
important.
OR
Permutation is arrangement of things in same definte order
Example leading to difference between Permutation and Combination

(i) Sitting of persons, words formation, number formation, batting order. [Pemutation]
(ii) Selection of committee or team. [Combination]
4.1 The number of permutations of n different things taken r at a time is nPr, where
n!
nP = =n(n
r ( n r )!
Note:
(1) The number of permutations of n dissimilar things taken all at a time = nPn = n!
(2) The number of permutations of n dissimilarthings where r particular things will always come together will
be (n
(3) The number of permutations of n dissimilar things where all r particular things will not come together will
be n!
(4) The number of permutations of n dissimilar things where no two of r particular things will not come
together will be (n (n Pr.
4.2 Permutations in which all things are not different :

The number of permutations of n things taken all at a time when p of them are alike and of one kind,
q of them are alike and of second kind, r of them are alike and of third kind and all remaining being
n!
different is
p ! q !r!
Note:
(1) Above formula is applicable only when all n things are taken at a time.
(2) If few 'r' particular things among 'n' distinct things have fixed their order then they will act as identical.
5. COMBINATION:
Combination refers to the situation where order of occurrence of the event is not important.
The different groups or selections of a given number of things by taking some or all at a time without
paying any regard to their order, are called their combinations.
For example, if three things a, b and c are given then ab, bc and ac are three different groups, because
ab and ba will give only one group, similarlybc and cb will give one group and ac and ca will give another
group. Thus taking two things out of three different things a, b and c, the following three groups can be
formed :
ab, bc, ca
The number of combinations of n different things taken r at a time is denoted by
nC or C (n, r )
r
n!
nC =
r r !( n r )!
n( n 1)( n 2).....( n r 1)
So nCr =
r!

Note:
(1) nC is defined if r, n I, where 0 r n otherwise it is meaningless.
r
(2) n Cr N
(3) Product of r consecutive integers is always divisible by r!.
Some Important Results :
n
nC
pr
* r =
r!
* nC = nC therefore
r n
nC = nC0 = 1 and nC1= nCn = n

n
* If nCa = nCb a + b = n or a = b
* nC + nCr = n+1C
r r
nC =
n n
* r . Cr
r
nC =
1
* r
( n r 1) nCr
r
* Greatest value of nCr
= nCn/2, when n is even
= nC(n or nC(n+1)/2 , when n is odd
5.1 Restricted Combinations :

The number of combinations of n different things taking r at a time
(a) When p particular things are always to be included = n pCr p
(b) When p particular things are always to be excluded = n pCr
(c) When p particular things are always included and q particular things are always excluded
= n p qCr p
SOME IMPORTANT RESULTS ABOUT POINTS

If there are n points in a plane of which m (< n) are collinear, then
(a) Total number of different straight lines obtained by joining these n points is
nC mC + 1
2 2
(b) Total number of different triangles formed by joining these n points is

nC mC
3 3
(c) Number of diagonals in polygon of n sides is

nC
n ( n 3)
2 n i.e.
2
(d) If m parallel lines in a plane are intersected bya familyof other n parallel lines. Then total number
of parallelograms so formed is
mC nC
mn ( m 1) ( n 1)
2 2
i.e.
4
(e) Number of triangles formed by joining vertices of convex polygon of n sides is nC3 of which
(i) Number of triangles having exactly two sides common to the polygon = n
(ii) Number of triangles having exactly one side common to the polygon = n(n
n (n 4)( n 5)
(iii) Number of triangles having no side common to the polygon =
6
5.2 Total number of combinations in different cases :
(a) The number of combinations of n different things taking some or all (or atleast one) at a time
= nC1+ nC2 + .....+ nCn = 2n 1
(b) The number of ways to select some or all out of (p + q + r) things where p are alike of first kind, q are
alike of second kind and r are alike of third kind is = (p +1) (q +1) ( r +1) 1
(c) The number of ways to select some or all out of (p + q + t) things where p are alike of first kind, q are
alike of second kind and remaining t are different is = (p +1) (q +1) 2t 1
5.3 Number of divisors and their sum

(a) Every natural number N can always be put in the form N = p1 1 , p 2 2 ... p k k where p1, p2, ... pk are
distinct primes and 1, 2, ... , k are non-negative integers.
(b) If N = p1 1 , p 2 2 ... p k k then number of divisor of N is equivalent of number of ways of selecting zero
or more objects from the groups of identical objects, (p1, p1, ..., 1 times) (p2, p2, ... 2 times),
(pk, pk, ... , k times) = ( 1 + 1) ( 2 + 1) ... ( k + 1) which includes 1 and N also.
(c) All the divisors excluding 1 and N are called proper divisors.
Also number of divisiors of N can be seen as number of different terms in the expansion of
(p10 + p11 + p12 + ... + p1 1 ) 2
0 + p21 + p22 + ... + p 2 2 ) k + pk2 + ... + p k k )
Hence, sum of the divisors of N is
(1 + p1 + p12 + ... + p1 1 ) 2 + p22 + ... + p 2 2 ) .... (1 + pk + pk2 + ... + p k k )
1 1 1
p1 1 1 p2 2 1 pk k 1
= ...
p1 1 p2 1 pk 1
1
(d) Number of ways of putting N as a product of two natural numbers is (a + 1) (a2 + 1).....(ak + 1) if
2 1
N is not a perfect square.
1
If N is a perfect square, then this is [(a + 1)(a2 + 1)......(ak + 1) + 1].
2 1
6. CIRCULAR PERMUTATIONS
Till now we have calculated the numberof linear permutation in which things are arranged in a row. Now
we shall findthe numberofpermutationsinwhich thingsare arrangedin acircularshape. Such permutations
are named as circular permutations. Thus an arrangement of some given things round a circle is called
their circular permutation.
It should be noted that in a circular permutation initial and final position of things can not be specified.
Thus all linear permutations of some given things having the same order of elements will give the same
circular permutation.
For example, there are 6 linear permutations of three letters A, B and C taken all at a time. These are
ABC, ACB, BAC, BCA, CAB, CBA
A A
C B C B
(Anti- clockwise order) (Clockwise order)

Since the arrangements ABC, BCA, CAB, are in the same order (clockwise order),
therefore these three linear permutations are equal to one circular permutation.

From this example, it is clear that from a circular permutation of three things, there correspond three
linear permutations. Thus, we conclude that if x be the number of circular permutations of
3 given things then the number of their linear permutations will be 3x.so
3!
3x = 3! x= .
3
In a similar wayit can be seen that if x be the number of circular permutations of n different things taking
r at a time, then
rx = nPr x = nPr /r
Thus, we obtain the following results for the number of circular permutations.
6.1 Number of Circular Permutations :

n
Pr
(a) The number ofCircularpermutations of n different things takingr at a time r , when clockwise
and anti-clockwise orders are treated as different.
(b) The number of circular permutations of n different things taking altogether
n
Pn
(n 1)! , when clockwise and anti clockwise orders are treated as different.
n
(c) The number of Circular permutations of n different things taking r at a time
n
Pr
2r , when the above two orders are treated as same.
(d) The number of circular permutations of n different things taking altogether
n
Pn 1
(n 1)! , when above two orders are treated as same.
2n 2
6.2 Restricted Circular Permutations : When there is a restriction in a Circular permutation then first of
all we shall perform the restricted part of the operation and then perform the remaining part treating it
similar to a linear permutation.
7. DIVISION INTO GROUPS

(i) Number of ways in which (m + n) different things can be divided in two grops, one containing m things
and other contains n. (m n) is
m + nC
(m n) !
n or .
m! n!
(ii) If groups are equal size i.e. m = n
2n
Cn
Total number of ways in which 2n different things can be divided into two equal groups =
2!
(2n )!
( n!) (n!)( 2!)
(iii) Total numbers of ways in which (m + n + p) different things can be divided into three unequal groups m,
( m n p) !
n, p is m! n! p!
# If groups are equal (m = n = p) then number of ways
(3n )!
=
(n!)3 3!

Important Points :
The number of ways in which 'r' group's of n different object's can be formed in such a way that
p groups of n1 object, q groups of n2 object each ............
n!
Required ways = p q (order not important)
((n1!) (n 2!) )(p!)(q!)..........
n! r!
= p q (order important)
((n1!) ( n 2!) )(p!)(q!)..........
r=p+q+
n = n1 + n2 +
Corollary : Grouping and then arrangement.

If (m + n + p) different thing's can be divided in 3 group's & can be distributed to three person's.
( m n p )!
Required ways = 3!
m ! n ! p!
8. DEARRANGEMENT THEOREM
Any change in the given order of the things is
called a Dearrangement .
(a) If n items are arranged in a row, then the number of ways in which they can be rearranged so
that no one of them occupies the place assigned to it is
1 1 1 1 n 1
n! 1 1! 2! 3 ! 4 ! ..... ( 1) n!
(b) If n things are arranged at n places then the number of ways to rearrange exactly r things
n! 1 1 1
n r 1 1
at right places is r ! 1 1! 2! 3! 4 ! .... ( 1) (n r )!
9. DESTRIBUTION OFALIKE OBJECTS :

Type 1:
Total number of ways in which n identical coins can be distributed between p persos so that each person
n p 1!
may get any number of coin is n+p Cp = p 1 ! n !
Type 2:
Total number of ways in which n identical items can be distributed among p persons such that each of
them receive at least one item n Cp .
Note : Number of different terms in a complete homogeneous expression of degree m in n varriables is equiva-
lent to distribution of m identical coins among n beggers.
If expression is (x1 + x2 + x3 ....... + xn)m number of terms m+n Cn .

1 1 x
Q.1 If + 10 ! = 11! , then the value of x is -
9!
Q.2 The value of n if (n + 1)! = 12

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
Q.3 If (n + 2)! = 2550 n!, then n is

(A) 49 (B) 50 (C) 51 (D) 52
Q.4 In 100!
(i) Exponent of 2 is
(A) 92 (B) 97 (C) 103 (D) 101
(ii) Exponent of 3 is
(A) 48 (B) 50 (C) 44 (D) 46
(iii) Number of zeroes in the end will be
(A) 30 (B) 26 (C) 24 (D) 22
Q.5 There are 7 flags of diffrent colour. Find the number of diffrent signals that can be transmitted bythe use
of 2 flags one above the other.
(A) 30 (B) 36 (C) 40 (D) 42
Q.6 The number of different words (meaningful or meaningless) can be formed bytaking fourdifferent letters
from English alphabets is-
(A) (26)4 (B) 358800 (C) (25)4 (D) 15600
Q.7 There are m men and n monkey. Number of ways in which every monkey has a master, if a man can have
any number of monkey.
(A) mn (B) mn (C) nm (D) n!m
Q.8 In a car plate number containing only 3 or 4 digits not containing the digit 0. What is the maximum
numbers of cars that can be numbered?
(A) 7290 (B) 7300 (C) 7350 (D) none of these
Q.9 The number of numbers are there between 100 and 1000 in which all the digits are distinct is
Q.10 A letter lock consists of 3 rings each marked with 10 different letters. In how many ways, its is possible
to make an unsuccessful attempt to open the lock?
(A) 1000 (B) 999 (C) 998 (D) 997
Q.11 The number of three digit numbers greater than 600 can be formed by using the digits 2,3,4, 6,7
if repetition of digits is allowed-
Q.12 10 students complete in a swiming race. In how many ways can they occupy the first 3 positions.
(A) 640 (B) 680 (C) 720 (D) 760

Q.13 How many numbers can be formed between 20000 and 30000 by using digits 2, 3, 5, 6, 9 when digits
may be repeated?
(A) 125 (B) 24 (C) 625 (D) 1250
Q.14 The number of ways in which 2 vacancies can be filled up by 13 candidates is-
(A) 25 (B) 78 (C) 156 (D) 169
Q.15 The number of three letters words can be formed from the letters of word
come in any word is-
(A) 120 (B) 60 (C) 24 (D) 48
Q.16 The number of numbers lying between 100 and 1000 which can be formed with the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4,
5, 6 is-
Q.17 The number of numbers which can be formed with the digits 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 by taking 4 digits at a time are-
Q.18 How manyfour digit numbers are there with distinct digits?
Q.19 The total number of word's formed by using all letters of the word "AIEEE" will be
(A) 15 (B) 20 (C) 25 (C) 30
Q.20 Consider wordASSASSINATION, then the number of ways of arranging the letters. If
(i) All words are used
13! 13!
(A) (3!)(3!)(2!)( 2!) (B) ( 4!)(3!)(2!)(3!)
13! 13!
(C) (2!)(3!)(2!)(2 !) (D) (4!)(3!)(2!)( 2!)
(ii) If no two vowels are together

6! 7! 6! 7!
(A) 8C5 (3!)(2!) (4!)(2!) (B) 8C6 (3!)( 2!) (3!)(2 !)
6! 7! 6! 7!
(C) 8C6 (3!)(2!) ( 4!)(2!) (D) 8C5 ( 2!)(2!) (4!)(2!)
(iii) If all S are seperated.
10C
9! 10C
9!
(A) 4
(B) 3
(3!)( 2!)(2!) (3!)(2!)( 2!)
9! 9!
(C) 10C (D) 10C
4 (2!)(2!)(2 !) 3 ( 2!)(2!)(2!)
Q.21 In how many ways the lettersAAAAA, BBB, CCC, D, EE, F can be arranged in a row when the letter
C occur at different places?
12! 12! 13 13 !
(A) 5 ! 3 ! 2! 13
C3 (B) 5 ! 3 ! 2! x P3 (C) 5 ! 3 ! 2! 3 ! (D) None of these

Q.22 The sides AB, BC, CAof a triangleABC have 3, 4, 5 points respectively on them. Find the number
of triangle that can be constructed using these points as vertices.
Q.23 On a new year day, every students of a class sends a card to every other student, the postman delivers
600 cards. How many students are there in class?
Q.24 Out of 5 men and 2 women, a committee of 3 is to be formed. In how many ways can it be formed if
atleast one woman is to be included?
Q.25 A candidate is required to answer 6 out of 10 questions which are divided into two groups each containing
5 questions and he is not permitted to attempt more than 4 from each group. The number of ways in
which he can make up his choice is-
(A) 100 (B) 200 (C) 300 (D) 400
Q.26 In how many ways can a committee consisting of one or more members be formed out of 12 members
of the Municipal Corporation-
(A) 4095 (B) 5095 (C) 4905 (D) 4090
Q.27 Sanjeev has 7 friend's. In how many ways can be invite one or more of then to dinner.
(A) 27 (B) 27 + 1 (C) 27 (D) 27 + 2
Q.28 Consider the number N = 25 4 7 2 ,

Now answer the following question.
(i) Total number of divisor will be
(A) 700 (B) 720 (C) 740 (D) 760
(ii) Number of proper divisor

(A) 712 (B) 714 (C) 716 (D) 718
(iii) Number of odd divisor

(A) 105 (B) 110 (C) 115 (D) 120
(iv) Number of even divisor.

(A) 600 (B) 700 (C) 800 (D) 900
(v) Number of divisors divisible by 5.

(A) 700 (B) 630 (C) 740 (D) 680
(vi) Number of divisors divisible by 10.

(A) 500 (B) 475 (C) 525 (D) 550
(vii) Number of divisors divisible by 2 but not by 4.
(A) 100 (B) 110 (C) 115 (D) 120
Q.29 The sum of all the divisor of 360 which are
(i) even
(A) 11380 (B) 12090 (C) 9540 (D) 10300
(ii) odd
(A) 403 (B) 503 (C) 603 (D) 703

Q.30 Number of ways in which 9 people can be seated on a round table so that all shall not have the same
neighbours in any 2 arrangements.
9! 8!
(A) (B) (C) 9! (D) 8!
2 2
Q.31 Number of ways in which 7American and 7 British people can be seated on a round table so that no two
Americans are consecutive will be
(A) (7!)2 (B) (6!)2 (C) (7!) (6)! (D) (7!) (8)!
Q.32 The number of ways of dividing 20 persons into 10 couples is-

20 ! 20 !
(A) 10 (B) 20C10 (C) ( 2!) 9 (D) None of these
2
Q.33 In how many ways can 15 students

(i) be divided into 3 groups of 5 each
(ii) be sent to three different colleges in groups of 5 each.
15 ! 15 ! 15 ! 15 !
(A) 3! 5 ! 3 , 5 ! 3 (B) 5 ! 3 , 5 ! 3
15 ! 15! 15 ! 15!
(C) 3 ! 5 ! 3 , 3 ! 5 ! 3 (D) 5 ! 3 , 3 ! 5 ! 3
Q.34 In how many ways 6 bundles of 12 different toys be made such that 2 bundles are of 3 toys each, 2
bundles are 2 toys each & 2 bundle of 1 toy each
Q.35 Total number of ways in which 200 person's can be divided into 100 equal group's.
Q.36 A person writes letters to five friends and addresses the corresponding envelopes. In how many ways
can the letters be placed in the envelops so that
(i) all letters are in the wrong envelopes will be
(A) 44 (B) 45 (C) 46 (D) 47
(ii) at least three of them are in the wrong envelopes will be
(A) 103 (B) 106 (C) 109 (D) 112
Q.37 Number of ways in which 30 mangos can be distributed among 5 persons will be
(A) 34C4 (B) 34C3 (C) 33C4 (D) 33C3
Q.38 Total number of ways of distributing 7 identical computers to R|S|G. So that each receive atleast one
computer will be
(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 20 (D) 25
Q.39 Number of natural solutions of equation x + y + z = 102, where x, y, z N, will be

(A) 101C2 (B) 100C2 (C) 99C2 (D) 102C2
Q.40 Golden temple express going fromAmritsar to mumbai stops at 5 intermediate stations. 10 passengers
enter the train during the journey with 10 different tickets of 'k' classes. If number of different sets of
tickets they have is 45C35 then k equals.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4

Q.1 The number of ways in which n distinct objects can be put into two different boxes is-
(A) n2 (B) 2n (C) 2n (D) None of these
Q.2 The number of ways in which 3 persons can occupy 6 rooms separately is-
(A) 2 (B) 20 (C) 120 (D) 216
Q.3 Find the total number of ways of answering 5 objective type questions, each question having 4 choices.
(A) 46 (B) 54 (C) 63 (D) 45
Q.4 The number of ways in which first, second and third prize can be distributed among 5 competitors is (no
person can get more than a prize)-
(A) 10 (B) 15 (C) 60 (D) 125
Q.5 A lock consist of three rings each marked with 10 different digits. The number of unsuccessful attempts
to open the lock is-
(A) 310 (B) 93 (C) 10P3 (D) 103
Q.6 nC + nCr equals-
r
(A) nCr+1 (B) n+1Cr (C) n+1Cr (D) n+1Cr+1
Q.7 There are 13 players of cricket out of which 4 are bowlers. In how many ways a team of eleven be
selected from them so as to include at least two bowlers-
Q.8 In how many ways a team of 11 be chosen from 20 students of a class so that
2 particular students are always included and 5 are always excluded?
Q.9 In how many ways can a committee of 6 be formed out of 6 men and 4 women so that committees
include at the most 2 women?
(A) 90 (B) 185 (C) 115 (D) 210
Q.10 Out of 6 boys and 4 girls a group of 7 is to be formed. How many such groups are possible if boys are
to be in majority?
(A) 120 (B) 90 (C) 100 (D) 80
Q.11 The total number of ways to purchase one or more books from 4 books by a student are-
Q.12 In a hall there are 10 bulbs and their 10 buttons. In how many ways this hall can be enlightened?
(A) 102 (B) 1023 (C) 210 (D) 10!
Q.13 The number of ways in which n distinct things can be put into two different boxes so that no box remains
empty, is-
(A) n2 (B) n2 (C) 2n (D) 2n
2 2
Q.14 If n n C 2 = n n
C10 , then n equals-
(A) 12 (B) 4 only (C) (D) 4 or
Q.15 A bag contains 9 balls marked with digits 1,2,....,9. If two balls are drawn from the bag, then number of
ways of getting the sum of the digits on balls as odd number is-
(A) 20 (B) 29 (C) 9C2 (D) 9P2

Q.16 The number of groups formed from 3 books of physics, 4 books of mathematics and 5 books of
chemistry when each group contains at least one book of each subject-
(A) 3255 (B) 1670 (C) 4820 (D) 1560
Q.17 A father with 7 children takes 4 of them at a time to the zoo, as often as he can without taking the same
four children together more than once. How often will he go? How often will each child go ?
(A) 30, 10 (B) 35, 15 (C) 30, 20 (D) 35, 20
Q.18 Two groups of players consist of 6 and 8 players. In how many ways can a team of 11 players be
selected from these two groups if at least 4 players are to be included from the first group?
(A) 334 (B) 344 (C) 120 (D) 168
Q.19 On the occasion of Dipawali festival each student of a class sends greeting cards to the others. If there
are 20 students in the class, then the total number of greeting cards exchanged by the students is-
(A) 20C2 (B) 2.20C2 (C) 2. 20P2 (D) None of these
Q.20 In a plane there are 10 points out of which 4 are collinear, then the number of triangles that can be formed
by joining these points are-
Q.21 The straight lines I1, I2, I3 are parallel and lie in the same plane.Atotal number of m points are taken on
I1; n points on I2, k points on I3. The maximum number of triangles formed with vertices at these points
are
(A) m + n + kC3 (B) m + n + kC3 mC3 nC3 kC3
(C) mC3+ nC3+ kC3 (D) None of these
Q.22 There are 12 points in a plane. The number of the straight lines joining any two of them when 3 of them
are collinear is-
(A) 60 (B) 62 (C) 64 (D) 66
Q.23 There are 12 points in a plane, and 5 of them are in a straight line the number of triangle formed these
points are:
(A) 220 (B) 215 (C) 210 (D) 205
Q.24 m parallel lines in a plane are intersected bya familyof n parallel lines. The total number of parallelograms
so formed is-
(m 1) (n 1) mn nm (m 1) (n 1) nm (m 1) (n 1)
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 4 2 4
Q.25 The number of ways in which at least one fruit can be selected from 5 oranges, 4 apples and 3 bananas
is-
(A) 59 (B) 119 (C) 60 (D) 120
Q.26 The number of ways in which at least one coin can be selected from 3 coins of one rupee, 4 coins of fifty
paise, 5 coins of twenty paise and 6 coins of ten paise is -
Q.27 In a librarythere are p copies of each n different books. The number of ways of selecting of one or more
books from these is-
(A) (p+1)n (B) (p+1)n (C) (p n (D) (p n
Q.28 The number of different proper factors of 3780 is-

(A) 45 (B) 46 (C) 47 (D) 48

Q.29 A basket contain 4 oranges, 5 apples and 6 mangoes. In how many ways can a person make a selection
of fruits, if atleast one fruit have to be selected ?
Q.30 The number of ways in which 8 answer books be arranged so that the best and the worst do not occur
together is-
(A) 8! (B) 7! (C) 7(7) ! (D) 6 (7)!
Q.31 There are 10 students in a class in which threeA, B, C are girls. The number of ways to arrange them in
a row when any two girls out of three never comes together-
(A) 7! 8P3 (B) 7! 3P3 (C) 10! 3P3 (D) None of these
Q.32 There are 5 different books on mathematics, 2 different books on chemistry and 4 different books on
physics. The number of ways of arranging these books on a shelf so that books of the same subject are
stacked together, is-
(A) 34560 (B) 11! (C) 17285 (D) none of these
Q.33 Eight chairs are numbered from 1 to 8. Two women and three men wish to occupy one chair each. First
women choose the chairs from amongst the chairs marked 1 to 4; and then the men select the chairs from
the remaining. The number of possible arrangements is-
(A) 6C3 4C2 (B) 4P3 4P3 (C) 4C2 4P3 (D) None of these
Q.34 Eleven animals of a circus have to be placed in eleven cages, one in each cage. If four of the cages are
too small for six of the animals, the number of ways of caging the animals is-
(A) 7P6. 5! (B) 6P4. 7! (C) 11C4. 7! (D) None of these
Q.35 The number of ways in which n prizes can be distributed among n students when each student is eligible
to get any number of prizes is-
(A) nn (B) n! (C) nn - n (D) None of these
Q.36 The number of permutations of the letters
x, x, y, y, y, y, z, z, z will be -
9! 9! 9!
(A) 2! 4 ! (B) 2! 4 ! 3 ! (C) 4 ! 3 ! (D) 9!
Q.37 A coin is tossed 10 times. In how many different ways can we obtain 5 head and 5 tail-
(A) 25 (B) 252 (C) 52 (D) 22
Q.38 Six identical coins are arranged in a row. The number of ways in which the number of tails is equal to the
number of heads is-
(A) 20 (B) 9 (C) 120 (D) 40
Q.39 The number of words which can be formed from the letters of the word
always remain together is-
Q.40 The number of words which can be formed from the letters of the word
A and end with S is-
(A) 120 (B) 720 (C) 1440 (D) 5040
Q.41 How many numbers between 30000 and 40000 can be formed with the digits 2,3,5,6,9 if each digit can
be repeated any number of times?
(A) 45 (B) 55 (C) 44 (D) 54

Q.42 The number of 5 digit even numbers formed with the digits 2,3,5,7,9 is (Rept. not allowed)
Q.43 How many five digit even numbers can be formed by using the digits 0, 2, 3, 4, 5
(Rept. not allowed)?
(A) 72 (B) 60 (C) 54 (D) 36
Q.44 The number of numbers can be formed by taking any 2 digits from digits 6,7,8,9 and 3 digits from
1,2,3,4,5 is -
(A) 5C3 4C2 (B) 5P3 4 P2
5!
(C) 5C3 4C
2 (D) 5C3 4C
2 2!
Q.45 Eleven members of a committee sit round a circular table. In how many ways can they sit so that the
secretary and joint secretary are always neighbours of the president?
(A) 8! (B) 10! (C) 8! (D) 7!
Q.46 If two specific beads are kept together, then in how many ways can seven different beads be strung in
one garland-
7!
(A) 5! (B) 7! (C) 5! x 2! (D) 2 !
Q.47 150 students take admission. They are to be put in three sections A, B,C of equal size. The number of
ways in which this can be done is-
150 ! 150 ! 150 !
(A) 3 !( 50 !) 3 (B) ( 50 !) 3 (C) (50 !) 3 150! (D) None of these
Q.48 The number of ways in which six different prizes can be distributed among three children each receiving
at least one prize is-
(A) 270 (B) 540 (C) 1080 (D) 2160
Q.49 In how manyways 8 different balls can be distributed among 3 children so that one child gets 4 balls and
two children get 2 ball each?
(A) 210 (B) 240 (C) 420 (D) 1260
Q.50 The sum of all numbers greater than 1000 formed byusing the digits 1,3,5,7 no digit is repeated in any
number is-
(A) 106656 (B) 101276 (C) 117312 (D) 811273
Q.51 There are four balls of different colours and four boxes of colours same as those of the balls. The number
of ways in which the balls, one in each box, could be placed such that a ball does not go to box of its own
colour is-
Q.52 The exponent of 7 in 100 ! is -
(A) 14 (B) 15 (C) 16 (D) none of these
Q.53 If the letters of the word MOTHER are written in all possible orders and these words are written out as
in dictionary, then the rank of the word MOTHER is -
(A) 240 (B) 261 (C) 308 (D) 309
Q.54 The number of numbers of 4 digits which are not divisible by 5 are (when repetition is allowed)-
(A) 7200 (B) 3600 (C) 14400 (D) 1800
Q.55 How many 6 digit different number can formed with help of the digits of numbers 121 and 202?

Q.1 Find the no. of numbers which can be formed with digits 0,1,2,3,4 greater than 1000 and less than 4000
if repetition is allowed- [AIEEE 2002]
(A) 125 (B) 400 (C) 375 (D) 374
Q.2 If repetition of the digits is allowed, then the number of even natural numbers having three digits is-
[AIEEE-2002]
(A) 250 (B) 350 (C) 450 (D) 550
Q.3 If nCr denotes the number of combinations of n things taken r at a time, then the expression
n
Cr+1 + nCr + 2 nCr equals- [AIEEE 2003]
n+1 n+2 n+2 n+1
(A) Cr +1 (B) Cr (C) Cr+1 (D) Cr
Q.4 A student is to answer 10 out of 13 questions, an examination such that he must choose least 4 from the
first five questions. The number of choices available to him, is- [AIEEE 2003]
(A) 346 (B) 140 (C) 196 (D) 280
Q.5 The number of ways in which 6 men and 5 women can dine at a round table if no two women are to sit
together is given by [AIEEE 2003]
(A) (7!) (B) (6!) (C) 30 (D) (5!)
Q.6 How many ways are there to arrange the letters in the word GARDEN with the vowels in alphabetical
order ? [AIEEE 2004]
(A) 120 (B) 240 (C) 360 (D) 480
Q.7 The number of ways of distributing 8 identical balls in 3 distinct boxes so that none of the boxes is empty
is- [AIEEE 2004]
8 8
(A) 5 (B) 21 (C) 3 (D) C3
Q.8 If the letters of the word SACHIN are arranged in all possible ways and these words are written out as
in dictionary, then the word SACHIN appears at serial number - [AIEEE-2005]
(A) 601 (B) 600 (C) 603 (D) 602
6
56 r
Q.9 The value of 50C4 + C3 is - [AIEEE-2005]
r 1
(A) 55C4 (B) 55C3 (C) 56C

3 (D) 56C4
Q.10 At an election, a voter may vote for any number of candidates, not greater than the number to be elected.
There are 10 candidates and 4 are to be elected. If a voter votes for at least one candidate, then the
number of ways in which he can vote is [AIEEE 2006]
(A) 6210 (B) 385 (C) 1110 (D) 5040
Q.11 How manydifferent words can be formed byjumbling the letters in the word MISSISSIPPI in which not
two S are adjacent ? [AIEEE 2008]
8 7 6 8
(A) 6. 7. C4 (B) 6. 8. C4 (C) 7. C4 . C4 (D) 8. C4 . 7C4
6
Q.12 The set S : {1, 2, 3,

A B C = S, A B = B C =A C= The number of ways to partition S is-
[AIEEE 2007]
(A) 12!/3!(4!)3 (B) 12!/3!(3!)4 (C) 12!/(4!)3 (D) 12!/(3!)4

Q13. In a shop there are five types of ice-creams available .A child buys six ice-creams.
Statement-1:
The number of different ways the child can buy the six ice-creams is 10C5
Statement -2:
The number of different ways the child can buy the six ice-creams is equal to the number of different
ways of arranging 6 A [AIEEE 2008]
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement-2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement -2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true
Q.14 From 6 different novels and 3 different dictionaries, 4 novels and 1 dictionary are to be selected and
arranged in a row on a shelf so that the dictionary is always in the middle. Then the number of such
arrangements is- [AIEEE 2009]
(A) Less than 500 (B) At least 500 but less than 750
(C) At least 750 but less than 1000 (D) At least 1000
EXERCISE-I
Q.1 C Q.2 C Q.3 A Q.4 (i) B; (ii) A; (iii) C
Q.5 D Q.6 B Q.7 B Q.8 A Q.9 A
Q.10 B Q.11 A Q.12 C Q.13 C Q.14 C
Q.15 B Q.16 A Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 B
Q.20 (i) D ; (ii) C; (iii) A Q.21 A Q.22 205
Q.23 25 Q.24 C Q.25 B Q.26 A Q.27 C
Q.28 (i) B; (ii) D ; (iii) D; (iv) A; (v) B; (vi) C; (vii) D Q.29 (i) B; (ii)A
Q.30 B Q.31 C Q.32 D Q.33 A
(12!) 1 200!
Q.34 Q.35 Q.36 A ; (ii) C
(3!) (2!) 2 (1!) 2
2
( 2!)(2 !)( 2!) 100
( 2!) (100)!
Q.37 A Q.38 B Q.39 A Q.40 C
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 B Q.2 C Q.3 D Q.4 C Q.5 D
Q.6 B Q.7 C Q.8 A Q.9 C Q.10 C
Q.11 A Q.12 B Q.13 D Q.14 D Q.15 A
Q.16 A Q.17 D Q.18 B Q.19 B Q.20 B
Q.21 B Q.22 C Q.23 C Q.24 D Q.25 B
Q.26 C Q.27 A Q.28 B Q.29 B Q.30 D
Q.31 A Q.32 A Q.33 D Q.34 A Q.35 A
Q.36 B Q.37 B Q.38 A Q.39 C Q.40 A
Q.41 D Q.42 B Q.43 B Q.44 C Q.45 C
Q.46 A Q.47 B Q.48 B Q.49 D Q.50 A
Q.51 C Q.52 C Q.53 D Q.54 A Q.55 B
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 D Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 B
Q.6 C Q.7 B Q.8 A Q.9 D Q.10 B
Q.11 C Q.12 C Q13. D Q.14 D
BINOMIAL THEOREM
1. BINOMIAL EXPRESSIONS
An algebraic expression containing two terms is called a binomial expression.
For example , 2x + 3, x2
Binomial Expressions.
2. BINOMIAL COEFFICIENT
nC is called binomial coefficient
r
n n!
where Cr
r!( n r )!
n n
C0 1 Cn
n
C1 n
n n
Cr Cn r; 1 r n
3. BINOMIAL THEOREM FOR POSITIVE INTEGRAL INDEX

Binomial Theorem :
The formula bywhich anypositive integral index (power) ofa binomial expression which can be expanded
in the form of a series is known as Binomial Theorem. (This theorem was given by Newton)
Binomial Theorem
n N Any index
n Q
Historical Development:
(x + y)2 = (x + y)(x + y) = x2 + 2xy + y2
(x + y)3 = x3 + 3x2y + 3xy2 + y3
Earlier people used to multiplythe brackets to expand the given binomial of known index. Then came the
Pascal's triangle.
(x + y)5 = 5x5 + 10x4y + 10x3y2 + 10x2y3 + 5xy4 + y5
If x and a are two real numbers and n is a positive integer then

(x + a)n = nC0 xna0 + nC1xn a + nC2xn a2 + nC xn ar +......+ nC x0an.
r n
Where nC0, nC1, nC2, nC3,......nCr..... are called binomial coefficients which can be denoted by
C0, C1, C2, C3, .......Cr ......
Binomial Theorem [105]
3.1 General Term :
In the expansion of (x+a)n, (r+1)th term is called the general term which can be represented by Tr +1.
Tr + 1 = nCr xn ar
= nCr( first term)n (second term)r.
3.2 Characteristics of the expansion of (x + a)n

Observing to the expansion of (x + a)n, n N, we
find that-
(i) The total number of terms in the expansion = (n + 1) i.e. one more than the index n.
(ii) In every successive term of the expansion the power of x (first term) decreases by 1and the power of
(second term) increases by 1. Thus in every term of the expansion, the sum of the powers of x and a is
equal to n (index).
(iii) The binomial coefficients of the terms which are at equidistant from the beginning and from the end are
always equal i.e.
nC = nC
r n
Thus nC0 = nCn, nC1 = nCn , nC2 = nCn etc.
(iv) nC + nC = n+1C
r r r
3.3 Some deduction of Binomial Theorem :

(i) Expansion of (x-a)n.
(x-a)n = nC0 xna0 nC1xn a1 + n C2xn-2a2 nC3xn a3 +.....+ ( r nC
rx
n ar + ......+ ( n nC
n xo an
This expansion can be obtained by putting ( n.
General term = (r + 1)th term

Tr+1= nCr( r. xn ar
(ii) By putting x = 1 and a = x in the expansion of (x + a) n, we get the following result

(1+x)n = nC0 + nC1 x + nC2 x2+ ....+ nCr xr + .......+ nCn xn
which is the standard form of binomial expansion.
Tr+1 = nCr x r
n(n 1)(n 2).......(n r 1) r
= .x
r!
(iii) By putting ( n
(1 n = nC0 nC1 x + nC2 x2 nC x 3

3 + .....+ ( r nC x r
r +......+ nCnxn.
Tr+1 = ( r. nCr x r
r.
n (n 1)(n 2).......(n r 1)
=( . xr
r!
(iv) (x + a)n + (x n = 2[nC xn + nC xn
0 2 a2 + .......] = 2[Sum of terms at odd places]
last term nCn an if n is even and nCn xa n if n is odd
(v) (x + a)n n = 2[Sum of terms at even places]
last term nCn xan if n is even and nCn an if n is odd
(vi) To find the sum of all the combinatorial coefficient/Binomial coefficient, put all the variable equal to 1.
For example sum of all binomial coefficients in (x + y)n is equal to 2n

4. MIDDLE TERM IN THE EXPANSION OF (x + a)n
(a) If n is even, then the number of terms in the expansion i.e. (n+1) is odd, therefore, there will be only one
th th
n 2 n
middle term which is 2
term. i.e. 2 1 term.
th
n
so middle term = 1 term.
2
(b) If n is odd, then the number of terms in the expansion i.e. (n +1) is even, therefore there will be two
middle terms which are
th th
n 1 n 3
= 2
and 2
term.
Note : (i) When there are two middle terms in the expansion then their Binomial coefficients are equal.
(ii) Binomial coefficient of middle term is the greatest Binomial coefficient.
5. TO FIND A TERM FROM THE END IN THE EXPANSION OF (x+a)n

It can be easily seen that in the expansion of (x+a)n.
(r+1)th term from end = (n-r+1) th term from beginning.
6. NUMBER OF TERMS IN THE EXPANSION OF (x + y + z)n

(x + y + z)n can be expanded as-
(x + y + z )n = {(x + y) + z }n
= (x + y)n + nC1(x + y)n .z + nC2(x + y)n z2 + ......+ nCn zn.
= (n + 1) terms + n terms + (n
Total number of terms = (n +1) + n + (n
(n 1)(n 2)
=
2
7. NUMERICALLY GREATEST TERM IN (1 + x)n
The method for finding the greatest term is as below :
(n 1) | x |
(i) Find the value of K .
1 |x|
(ii) If K is an integer, then TK and TK + 1 both are equal and greatest.
(iii) If K is not an integer then T[K] + 1 is the greatest term where [K] is the greatest integral part of K.
n n
y y
(iv) To find the greatest term in (x + y)n = xn 1 , find thegreatest termin 1 and multiplywith xn.
x x
8. BINOMIAL COEFFICIENTS & THEIR PROPERTIES

In the expansion of (1+ x) n ; i.e.(1+ x) n = nC0+ nC1x + ........+ nCr xr + ....+ nCnxn
The coefficients nC0, nC1 ,nCn of various powers of x, are called binomial coefficients and they are
written as
C0, C1, C2,......,Cn
Hence
(1+x)n = C0+C1x + C2x2+.....+ Crxr + ......+ Cnxn ...(1)
n(n 1)
Where C0 = 1, C1 = n, C2= 2!

n(n 1)......(n r 1)
Cr = r!
, Cn = 1
Now, we shall obtain some important expressions involving binomial coefficients-
(a) Sum of Coefficient : putting x = 1 in (1), we get

C0+ C1 + C2 + ......+ Cn = 2n ...(2)
(b) Sum of coefficients with alternate signs : putting x =

We get
C0- C1 + C2 3 + ...... = 0 ...(3)
(c) Sum of coefficients of even and odd terms: from (3), we have
C0+ C2+ C4 + .......= C1+ C3+ C5 + ........ ...(4)
i.e. sum of coefficients of even and odd terms are equal.
from (2) and (4)
C0+ C2 + ........= C1+ C3 + .......= 2n
(d) Sum of products of coefficients : Replacing x by 1/x in (1)

We get
n
1 C1 C2 Cn
1 = C0 + + 2 + ....+ + .... ...(5)
x x x xn
Multiplying (1) by (5), we get
(1 x ) 2n C1 C2
= (C0+ C1x + C2x2 +....) (C0+ + + ....)
x n
x x2
Now, comparing coefficients of xr on both the sides, we get
C0Cr + C1Cr+1 + .......+ Cn-r Cn = 2nC n-r
2n!
= (n r )! (n r )! ...(6)
(e) Sum of squares of coefficients :

putting r = 0 in (6), we get
2n!
C02 + C12 + C22 + ......+ Cn2 =
n! n!
(f) putting r = 1 in (6), we get

C0 C1 + C1C2 + C2C3 + .......+ Cn-1 Cn = 2nC n
2n!
= (n 1)! (n 1)! ...(7)
(g) putting r = 2 in (6) , we get

C0C2 + C1C3 + C2C4 +....+ Cn-2Cn = 2nC
n-2
2n!
= (n 2)! (n 2)! ... (8)

(h) Use of Differentiation :
Differentiating both sides of (1) w.r.t. x, we get
n(1+ x)n = C1 + 2C2x + 3C3 x2 +......+ nCn x n
Now putting x = 1 and x =
C1+ 2C2 +3C3+ .....+ nCn = n.2n .....(9)
and C1 2+ 3C3 - .......= 0 ...(10)
(j) Use of Integration :

Integrating (1) w.r.t. x between the limits 0 to 1, we get,
1 1
(1 x )n x2 x3 Cn x n 1
C0 x C1 C2
n 1 0
2 3 n 1
C1 C2 C 2n 1
1
C0+ + 3 +...+ n = ...(12)
2 n 1 n 1
Integrating (1) w.r.t. x between the limits
0 0
(1 x ) n 1
x2 x3 Cn x n 1
C0 x C1 C2
n 1
1
2 3 n 1
1
C1 C2 C3 ( 1) n .C n 1
C0 + +...+ = (n 1) ...(13)
2 3 4 n 1
9. FRACTIONAL PARTAND INTEGRAL PART :

If ( A B) n = I + f where I and n are positive integers, n being odd and 0 f < 1, then show that
(I + f )f = kn where A 2 = k > 0 and A B 1.
Proof : Given A B 1
n
0 A B 1
n
Now Let A B = f ' where 0 < f ' < 1
n n
I+f A B A B
Since R.H.S. contains even powers of A , hence R.H.S. is integer
L.H.S. is also integer ( n is odd)
but I is an integer
Then f
f (
n n 2)n
(I + f ) f = (I + f )f ' = A B . A B = (A = kn .
Note :
If n is even integer then
n n
A B + A B =1+f+f'
Hence L.H.S. and I are integers.
f + f ' is also integer.
f+f'=1 ( 0 < f + f ' < 2)
f ' = (1
Hence (I + f ) (1
n n
= A B A B
= (A 2)n
= kn .
10. Multinomial Theorem (for a positive integral index)

If n is a positive integer and a1, a2, a3, ...... , am C then
n!
(a1 + a2 + a3 + ...... + am)n = a n1 a n2 a n 3 .......a mn m
n1 ! n 2 !n 3 !........n m ! 1 2 3
where n1, n2, n3, ............ , nm are all non-negative integers subject to the condition
n1 + n2 + n3 + ............ + nm = n
Note 1 : The coefficient of a1n1 a 2n 2 a 3n 3 .......a mn m in the expansion of (a1 + a2 + a3 + ...... + am)n is
n!
n1 ! n 2 !n 3 !........n m !
11. BINOMIAL THEOREM FOR ANY INDEX

When n is a negative integer or a fraction then the expansion of a binomial is possible only when
(i) Its first term is 1, and
(ii) Its second term is numerically less than 1.
Thus when n N and | x | < 1, then it states
n(n 1) n(n 1)(n 2) n(n 1)(n r 1)
(1 + x)n = 1 + nx + 2
2! x + 3! x3 + ........+ r! xr +.....
11.1 General Term :

n(n 1)(n 2).....(n r 1)
Tr+1 = . xr
r!
Note :
(i) In this expansion the coefficient of different terms can not be expressed as
nC ,nC , nC ... because n is not a positive integer.
0 1 2
(ii) In this case there are infinite terms in the expansion.
11.2 Some Important Expansions :
If | x | < 1 and n Q but n N, then
n(n 1) n(n 1)...(n r 1)
(a) (1+ x)n = 1 + nx + 2
2 ! x + ....+ r!
xr + ......
n(n 1) n(n 1)(n 2) n(n 1)...(n r 1)

(b) (1 n =1 x2 x3 +.....+ ( r +....
2! 3! r!
n(n 1)
(c) (1 = 1 + nx + x 2 + n(n 1)(n 2) x3 +.......+ n(n 1)...(n r 1) xr +..
2! 3! r!
n(n 1) n(n 1)(n 2) n(n 1)...(n r 1)
(d) (1 + x) =1 2! x2 3! x3+.....+ r! ( r +..
By putting n = 1, 2, 3 in the above results (c) and (d), we get the following results-

(e) (1 = 1 + x + x2 + x3+ .....+ xr + .....
General term Tr+1 = xr
(f) (1+ x) = 1 2 3 + ....( r + .....

General term Tr+1 = ( r
(g) (1 = 1+2x+ 3x2 + 4x3+.....+(r +1)xr +.....

General term Tr+1 = (r+1) xr
(h) (1+ x) = 1 2 3+.....+(r+1) ( r+ .....
General term Tr+1 = (r +1) ( r.

(r 1)(r 2)
(i) (1 = 1+3x + 6x2+ 10 x3 + ......+ xr +.....
2!
(r 1)(r 2)
General term = xr .
2!
(r 1)(r 2)
(j) (1 + x) = 1 2 3 + .....+ ( r +.....
2!
(r 1)(r 2)
General term = ( r.
2!
11.3 Applications of binomial theorem
(a) With the help of binomial theorem, we can find out the value of sq. root, cube root and 4th root
etc. of the given number upto any decimal places.
(b) To find the sum of Infinite series :

n(n 1)
We can compare the given infinite series with the expansion of (1+ x)n = 1+ nx + 2!
x2 + ..... and by finding the value of x and n and putting in (1 + x)n the sum of series is determined.

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 The first four terms in the expansion of (3x + 1/x)4 is -
(A) 81 x4 2 + 54 -2 (B) 81 x4+108 x2 + 54 + 12 x-2
(C) 4 2 -2 (D) None of these
Q.2 The tenth term in the expansion of (2x2+ 1/x)12 is

(A) 1760/x3 (B) 3 (C) 1760/x2 (D) None of these
9
4 2 3
Q.3 The term independent of x in the expansion of 3 x 2x is -
(A) 5th (B) 6th (C) 7th (D) 8th
Q.4 The co-efficient of x39 in the expansion of (x4 3) 15 is
Q.5 The 4th term from the end in the expansion of (2x -1/x2) 10 is
(A) 960 x (B) 960 x (C) (D)
Q.6 The middle term in the expansion of (x + 4) 4 is

(A) 96 x3 (B) 96 x2 (C) 2 (D) None of these
Q.7 Find the middle term in the expansion of

9
3
(i) (3x + 2y)10 (ii) 2x
x
Q.8 Evaluate: ( 3 + 3)5 3 5.
Q.9 In the expansion of y = 1 + (1 + x) + (1 + x)2 + ....... (1 + x)19.

if the coefficient of xp is the greatest coefficient then find the value of p (p N).
Q.10 The greatest term in the expansion of (2x + 7)10, when x = 3 is-
(A) T5 (B) T6 (C) T7 (D) None of these
Q.11 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + nx

n , then prove that C1 + 2C2 + 3C3 + n= n n .
Q.12 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + nx

n, then prove that C0 + 2C1 + 3C2 + n=
(n + 2)2n .
Q.13 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + n

nx then prove that
C0 + 3C1 + 5C2 + n
n = (n + 1)2
Q.14 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + C3x3 + nx

n then prove that
C0 + 2C1 + 3C2 + n (n + 1) Cn = 0
3

Q.15 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + C3x3 + n
nx then prove that
C1 n
2 + 3C3 n Cn = 0
Q.16 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + C3x3 + nx

n then prove that
(2n 1)!
C12 2C22 3C32 nC 2n
(( n 1)!) 2
C1 C2 Cn 2n 1 1
Q.17 If Cr = nC r, then prove that C0 .
2 3 n 1 n 1
C1 C2 n
Cn 1
Q.18 Prove that C0 =
2 3 n 1 n 1
Q.19 If (1 + x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 + n

nx , prove that
C1 33 C 2 34 C 3 3n 1 C n 4n 1 1
3C0 + 32
2 3 4 n 1 n 1
Q.20 Show that the integral part of (5 + 2 6 ) is odd. where n N.
Q.21 Show that the integral part of (5 5 + 11)2n+1 is even where n N.
1/ 2
3
Q.22 If |x| < 2/3 then the fourth term in the expansion of 1 x is
2
27 27 81 3 81 3
(A) x3 (B) x3 (C) x (D) x
128 128 256 256
2
1 x
Q.23 The term independent of x in the expansion of is
1 x
(A) 4 (B) 3 (C) 2 (D) 1
Q.24 The coefficient of x5 in the expansion of (1 is

(A) 1260 (B) (C) (D) 252
1 1.3 1.3.5
Q.25 The sum of 1 + + + + ..... is
4 4.8 4.8.12
1
(A) 2 (B) (C) 3 (D) 23/2
2
Q.26 If x is so small so that its square and higher power can be neglected.
5
2x
1 (4 2 x )1 2
Find the value of 3 .
( 4 x )3 2

15
3
Q.27 If in the expansion of x3 the rth term is independent of x, then r equals-
x2
8
2
Q.28 Themiddletermoftheexpansion x is-
x
(A) 560 (B) (C) 1120 (D)
Q.29 If the coefficients of rth and (r +1)th terms in the expansion of (3+7x)29 are equal, then r equals-
5 5
Q.30 x x3 1 + x x3 1 is a polynomial of the order of -
(A) 5 (B) 6 (C) 7 (D) 8
2n
1
Q.31 If x m occurs in the expansion of x , the coefficient of xm is -
x2
(2n)! ( 2n)! 3! 3! (2n)!

(A) m!(2n m)! (B) (2n m)! (C) (D) None of these
2n m 4n m
! !
3 3
10
Q.32 The sum of the rational terms in the expansion of 2 31/ 5 is equal to
(A) 40 (B) 41 (C) 42 (D) 0
Q.33 In the expansion of (4 7, the numerically greatest term at x = 2/3 is -
(A) T4 (B) T5 (C) T3 (D) T2
Q.34 Thetenthtermintheexpansionof(1+x) is-

(A) 9 (B) 55 x9 (C) 10 (D) 66 x 10
Q.35 The value of 99 upto three decimals is -

(A) 9.949 (B) 9.958 (C) 9.948 (D) None of these
1 13
. 13
. .5
Q.36 1 + + + + .... is equal to -
5 5.10 5.10.15
1 1 5
(A) (B) (C) (D) 5
5 2 3
Q.37 If (1 + x + x2)n = a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ........ + a2nx2n (n N), then

(a) a0 + a1 + a2 + a3 + ........ + a2n (b) a0 1 + a2 3 + ........ + a2n
(c) a1 + a3 + a5 + ........ + a2n (d) a0 + a2 + a4 + ........ + a2n
(e) a 02 a12 + a 22 a 32 ........ + a 22n (f) a0a1 1a2 + a2a3 + ........
(g) a0a2 1a3 + a2a4 ........

EXERCISE-II
10
a
Q.1 Fourth term in the expansion of 3 9b is-
(A) 40 a7 b3 (B) 40a3b7 (C) 1890 a6b4 (D) 1890a4b6
Q.2 Second term in the expansion of (2x + 3y)5 will be -

(A) 46 x2y3 (B) 30 x3y2 (C) 240 x4 y (D) 810 xy4
Q.3 The 5th term of the expansion of (x 8

is -
(A) 8C5x3( 5
(B) 8C5x3 25 (C) 8C4x4 ( 4
(D) 8C6x2 ( 6
Q.4 The term with coefficient 6C2 in the expansion of (1+ x)6 is-
(A) T1 and T3 (B) T2 and T4 (C) T3 and T5 (D) None of these
Q.5 The coefficient of a2 b3 in (a + b)5 is -

(A) 10 (B) 20 (C) 30 (D) 40
n
x
Q.6 The coefficients of x7 and x8 in the expansion of 2 3 are equal, then n is equal to-
n
1
Q.7 If in the expansion of x2 ,the coefficient of third term is 31, then the value of n is-
4
(A) 30 (B) 31 (C) 29 (D) 32
Q.8 If (1+ by)n = (1+ 8y + 24 y2 + ....) then the value of b and n are respectively-
(A) 4, 2 (B) 2, (C) 2, 4 (D)
Q.9 The number of terms in the expansion of (1 + 5 2 x)9 + (1 9

2 x) is -
(A) 5 (B) 7 (C) 9 (D) 10
Q.10 After simplification, the total number of terms in the expansion of (x + 2 )4 + (x 4

2) is-
(A) 10 (B) 5 (C) 4 (D) 3
2
Q.11 The number of terms in the expansion of [(x (x + 3y)2]3 is-
Q.12 The number of terms in (x + a)100 + (x 100

after solving the expansion is -
Q. 13 The coefficient of x5 in the expansion of (1 + x)3.(1 6

is -
(A) 6 (B) 22 (C) (D) 8
Q.14 The coefficient of x4 in the expansion of (1+ x + x2 + x3)11 is-

10
4
x 3
Q.15 The coefficient of x in the expansion of is -
2 x2
405 504 450
256 259 263
11
2 2
Q.16 The coefficient of x in the expansion of x is
x4
6 6 7 7
(A) 330 (B) (C) 330 (D)
8
1 1/ 3 1/ 5
Q.17 The term independent of y in the binomial expansion of 2 y y is -
(A) sixth (B) seventh (C) fifth (D) None of these
15
1
4 th
Q.18 If x occurs in the r term in the expansion of x4 , then r equals-
x3
(A) 7 (B) 8 (C) 9 (D) 10
6
1
Q.19 The term independent of x in 2x is -
3x
(A) 160/9 (B) 80/9 (C) 160/27 (D) 80/3
10
x 3
Q.20 The term independent of x in the expansion of is-
3 2x 2
(A) 10C1 (B) 5/12 (C) 1 (D) None of these
Q.21 If 9th term in the expansion of (x1/3 + x-1/3) n does not depend on x, then n is equal to-
(A) 10 (B) 13 (C) 16 (D) 18
3n
1
Q.22 The coefficient of the term independent of y in the expansion of y is -
y2
(A) 3nCn ( n-1
(B) 3n Cn (C) 3n Cn( n
(D) None of these
Q.23 The number of integral terms in the expansion of (51/2 + 71/6)642 is -

(A) 106 (B) 108 (C) 103 (D) 109
9
3 x3
Q.24 The middle term in the expansion of is -
x2 6
189 2 21 7 189 2 21 7 189 2 21 7

(A) x , x (B) x , x (C) x , x (D) None of these
8 16 8 16 8 16

8
x a
Q.25 The middle term of the expansion a x
is-
(A) 56a2/x2 (B) 2
/x2 (C) 70 (D)
Q.26 The greatest coefficient in the expansion of (1+ x)10 is

10 ! 10 ! 10 !
(A) 5! 6! (B) (5! ) 2 (C) 5! 7! (D) None of these
2 3 6
Q.27 The middle term in the expansion of (1 ) is -
(A) 18C10x10 (B) 18C9( 9
(C) C9 x918
(D) 18
C10 x10
9
th
x3 2
Q.28 The 5 term from the end in the expansion of is -
2 x3
252 672
(A) 63x3 (B) 3 (C) (D) None of these
x x18
Q.29 If (1+ x) n = C0 + C1x + C2 x2 + C3x3 + ....+ Cnxn, then the value of C1+ C2+ C3 + ...+ Cn is-
(A) 2n+1 (B) 2n (C) 2n + 1 (D) 2n
Q.30 If (1+ x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2 x2 + ...+ Cnxn, then the value of C0 + 2C1 + 3C2 + ....+(n +1)Cn is -
(A) 2n (n +1) (B) 2n-1 (n +1) (C) 2n-1 (n +2) (D) 2n (n +2)
Q.31 If C0,C1,C2,.....,C15 are coefficients of different terms in the expansion of (1+ x)15, then
C0+ C2+C4 + ...+ C14 is equal to-
(A) 215 (B) 214 (C) 27 (D) 28
Q.32 If (1+ x)n = 1 + C1x + C2x2 + ....+ Cnxn, then C1 + C3 + C5 + ..... is equal to-
(A) 2n (B) 2n (C) 2n + 1 (D) 2n
1 1 1
Q.33 1! (n 1)!
+ 3! (n 3)! + 5! (n 5) ! + .......=
2n 2n 1
(A) (B) (C) 0 (D) None of these
n! n!
Q.34 The value of 8C0 + 8C2 + 8C4+ 8C6+ 8C8 is-

(A) 32 (B) 64 (C) 128 (D) 256
n
n
1 n
1 n n Cn
Q.35 C0 C1 + C2 =
2 3 n 1
1 1
(A) n (B) 1/n (C) (D)
n 1 n 1
n 2 n
Q.36 If (1+ x) = C0 + C1x + C2x +...+ Cnx , then C0Cr + C1Cr +1 + C2Cr+2 + .....+ Cn Cn is equal to-
2n! 2n! 2n! 2n!
(A) (n r )! (n r )! (B) n! (n r )! (C) n! (n r )! (D) (n 1)! (n 1)!

Q.37 If (1+ x)n = C0 +C1x + C2x2 + ...Cn. xn then the value of C0 + 3C1 + 5C2 + .....+ (2n + 1) Cn is-
(A) n.2n (B) (n n
(C) (n+2).2n (D) (n+1).2n
Q.38 If (1+x)n = C0 + C1 x + C2x2 + ....+ Cnxn, then for n odd, C12 + C32 + C52 + .....+ Cn2 is equal to
( 2n )! ( 2n )!
(A) 22n-2 (B) 2n (C) 2( n!) 2 (D) (n!) 2
Q.39 If (1+ x + x2)2n = a0+ a1x + a2x2 +....then the value of a0 1

+ a2 3
+ .... is-
(A) 2n (B) 3n (C) 1 (D) 0
Q.40 The sum of the coefficients in the expansion of (a+2b+c)10 is -

(A) 410 (B) 310 (C) 210 (D) 104
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 If the coefficient of (r + 2) th and (3r)th term in the exp. of ( 1+ x)2n are equal then [AIEEE 2002]
(A) n = 2r + 1 (B) n = 2r (C) n = 2r (D) None of these
C1 2C 2 3C 3 nCn
Q.2 If (1+ x)n = C0 + C1x + C2x2 +....+ Cnxn, then C + C + C +.......+ C = [AIEEE-2002]
0 1 2 n 1
n n (n 1) n (n 1)
(A) (B) n ( n+1) (C) (D)
2 12 2
15
1
Q.3 39
The coefficient of x in theexpansion of x4 is- [AIEEE-2002]
x3
(A) (B) (C) + 455 (D) + 105

256
Q.4 The number of integral terms in the expansion of 3 8
5 is - [AIEEE- 2003]
(A) 35 (B) 32 (C) 33 (D) 34
Q.5 The coefficient of the middle term in the binomial expansion in powers of x of (1+ x)4 and of (1 x)6
is the same if equals- [AIEEE 2004]
5 10 3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 10 5
Q.6 The coefficient of xn in expansion of (1+ x) (1 n

is- [AIEEE 2004]
n n 2 n
(A) (n (B) ( (1 (C) ( (n (D) ( n
n n
1 r tn
Q.7 If Sn = n
Cr
and tn = n
Cr
, then s is equal to- [AIEEE 2004]
r 0 r 0 n
1 1
(A) n (B) n (C) n (D) 2n 1
2 2 2
Q.8 If the coefficients of rth, (r + 1)th and (r + 2)th terms in the binomial expansion of (1 + y)m are in A.P.,
then m and r satisfy the equation - [AIEEE-2005]
(A) m 2 2 (B) m2 2 +2=0
(C) m2 2 (D) m2 2+2=0
11 11
1 1
Q.9 If the coefficient of x7 in ax 2
equals the coefficient of x in ax , then a and b
bx bx 2
satisfy the relation - [AIEEE-2005]
a
(A) a (B) a + b = 1 (C) b = 1 (D) ab = 1
Q.10 For natural numbers m, n if (1 m (1 + y)n = 1 + a 2

1y + a2y + ...., and a1 = a2 = 10, then (m, n) is
[AIEEE 2006]
(A) (35, 20) (B) (45, 35) (C) (35, 45) (D) (20, 45)
a
Q.11 In the binomial expansion of (a - b)n, n 5, the sum of 5th and 6th terms is zero, then equals-
b
[AIEEE 2007]
5 6 n 5 n 4
(A) n 4 (B) n 5 (C) (D)
6 5
Q.12 The sum of the series 20C 20C + 20C 20C + 20C is- [AIEEE 2007]
0 1 2 3 10
20C 1 20
(A) 10 (B) C10 (C) 0 (D) 20C10
2
n
Q.13 Statement- 1: (r 1) nC = (n +2) 2n
r
r 0
n
Statement -2: ( r 1) nC xr = (1 + x)n + nx (1 + x)n [AIEEE-2008]

r
r 0
Q.14 The remainder left out when 82n 2n+1
is divided by 9 is - [AIEEE-2009]
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 7 (D) 8
10 10 10
10
Q.15 Let S1 = j j 1 C j , S2 j 10C j and S3 j2 10
Cj .
j 1 j 1 j 1
Statement-1 : S3 = 55 9.
Statement-2 : S1 = 90 8 and S = 10 8. [AIEEE-2010]

2
Q.16 The coefficient of x7 in the expansion of (1 2 + x3)6 is
(A) 144 (B) (C) (D) 132 [AIEEE-2011]

ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE-I
Q.1 B Q.2 A Q.3 C Q.4 B Q.5 D
Q.6 B
Q.7 (i) 7 7 7 5y5 (ii) 9C5.24.35.x Q.8 2376 Q.9 p = 9
Q.10 B Q.22 A Q.23 D Q.24 D Q.25 A
72 95x
Q.26 Q.27 C Q.28 C Q.29 B
24 8
Q.30 C Q.31 C Q.32 B Q.33 C Q.34 A
Q.35 A Q.36 C
3n 1 3n 1
Q.37 (a) 3n put x = 1 (b) put x = (c) (d)
2 2
(e) an (f) 0 (g) an + 1 or an .
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 A

Q.6 C Q.7 D Q.8 C Q.9 A Q.10 D
Q.11 B Q.12 B Q. 13 C Q.14 A Q.15 A
Q.16 C Q.17 A Q.18 C Q.19 C Q.20 D
Q.21 C Q.22 C Q.23 B Q.24 BC Q.25 C
Q.26 B Q.27 B Q.28 B Q.29 D Q.30 C
Q.31 B Q.32 D Q.33 B Q.34 C Q.35 C
Q.36 A Q.37 D Q.38 C Q.39 C Q.40 A
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 A Q.4 C Q.5 C
Q.6 B Q.7 A Q.8 C Q.9 D Q.10 C
Q.11 D Q.12 B Q.13 A Q.14 B Q.15 C
Q.16 C

RELATIONS & FUNCTIONS
RELATIONS
a R b means 'a is R-related to b' i.e. a is related to b under relation R. If (a, b) R; (a, b) is called
ordered pair in the sense that a and b can't be interchanged as a A and b B.
Ordered Pair :
It is a pair of objects written in a particular order. Two members are written in a particular order
separated by a comma and enclosed in parentheses. Hence in ordered pair (a, b) a is called the first
component or the first element or the first co-ordinate and b the second.
Ordered pairs (a, b) and (b, a) are different.
(a, b) = (c, d) iff a = c and b = d
i.e. (1, 3) = (1, 3); (1, 3) (1, 2) (2, 3) (3, 1)
CARTESIAN PRODUCT
Cartesian product of two sets A For any two non empty sets A and B
A A and b B}
It is a set of all ordered pairs such that in each ordered pair first element belongs to set A and second
element belongs to set B.
A
A A b B}
Thus (a, b) A a A and b B.
B B a A}
A B (not commutative)
n(A n(A) n(B)
A= and B = A
Cartesian product of n non empty sets A1, A2, ......An is a set of all n tuples (a1, a2,........an) such that
each ai Ai, i = 1, 2.........n.
n
A1 = Ai
2 n
i 1
A 2 :R R = R2 is a set of all points lying in the plane

R 3 represents set of all points in 3-D space.
If at least one of A and B is infinite set then A
provided that other is non-empty set.
Key Results on Cartesian Product :

If A, B, C, D are four sets, then.
1. A C) = (A (A
2. A C) = (A (A
3. A (A
4. (A (C C) (B D)
Relations & Functions [121]

5. If A B, then (A (B
6. If A B, then (A (B 2
7. If A B, then A (A (B
8. If A B and C D, then (A (B
9. A A=B
10. A C')' = (A (A
11. A C')' = (A (A
If A and B are two non-empty sets having n elements in common then (A 2
elements in common.
Pictorial Representation of Cartesian Product of Two Sets :

Arrow diagram :
Let A = {1, 2, 3} B = (a, b)
1 a
2
A
3 b
Lattice-Diagram :
Axis OX represents elements of A and perpendicular axis OY represents set B. Each dot represents
an ordered pair of A
Let A = (1, 2, 3) B = (1, 3)
y
3 (1, 3) (2, 3) (3, 3)
1 (1, 1) (2, 1) (3, 1)
O 1 2 3 x
RELATIONS
For any two non-empty sets A and B, every subset of A
relation from A to B is a subset of A
aRb A R
If (a, b) R, then a R b is read as 'a is related to b'
If (a, b) R, then a R b is read as 'a is not related to b'

Domain and Range of Relation :
Domain of R = Dom(R) = Set of first components of all the ordered pairs belonging to R.
Range of R = Set of second components of all the ordered pairs belonging to R.
Co-domain of R = B where R is a relation from A to B
Range of R Co-domain of R
Dom(R) = {a A : (a, b) R for some b B}
Range of R = {b B : (a, b) R for some a A}
If R = A
Dom ( ) = ; Range of =
Representation of a Relation :
Let A = {
A relation from A to B i.e. a R b is defined as a is less than b.
This can be represented in the following ways.
1. Roster form :
R = {(
2. Set builder notation :
R = {(a, b): a A and b B, a is less than b}
3. Arrow - diagram :
A B
2 1
1 4
4 9
4. Lattice-diagram :
y
9
2 1 0 1 2 3 4 x
5. Tabular form :
R 1 4 9
2 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
4 0 0 1

Inverse Relation :
Let R A
The inverse relation of R (denoted by R ) is a relation from B to A defined as R = {(b,a) : (a,b) R}
If (a, b) R, then (b, a) R , a A, b B.
domain of R = Range of R
Range of R = domain of R
(R ) = R
Identity Relation :
The identity relation on a set A is the set of ordered pairs belonging to A A.
IA = {(a, a) : a A}
i.e. every element of A is related to only itself.
R is an identity relation if (a, b) R iff a = b, a A, b A.
IA = IA
Domain of IA= Range of IA = A
Universal Relation :
If A be a set and R is the set A
If R = A
Void Relation :
is called the empty or void relation if A
Types of Relations on a Set :

If A is a non-empty set, then a relation R on A is said to be
1. Reflexive :
If (a, a) R, a A.
i.e. a R a, a A
2. Symmetric :
If a R b b R a, a, b A
i.e. if (a, b) R (b, a) R, a, b A
3. Anti-Symmetric :
If a R b and b R a a = b, a, b A (If R R = Identity, then R is anti-symmetric)
4. Transitive :
If a R b and b R c a R c, a, b, c A
i.e. If (a, b) R and (b, c) R (a, c) R, a, b, c A

Equivalence Relation :
A relation R on a non-empty set A is called an equivalence relation if and only if it is Reflexive,
Symmetric as well as Transitive.
"is parallel to", "is equal to", "is congruent to" "Identity relation" are some of the equivalence relations.
Every identity relation is an equivalence relation but every equivalence relation need not to be identity
relation.
Ordered Relation :
R is an ordered relation if it is transitive but not equivalence relation. e.g. a R b iff a < b, a, b N
is an ordered relation.
e.g. R = {(1, 1), (1, 3), (1, 2), (2, 1), (2, 2) (2, 3)} is not reflexive, not symmetric and transitive, hence
not an equivalence relation.
so, R is an ordered relation.
Partial Order Relation :

R is an partial order relation if it is reflexive, transitive and antisymmetric at the same time.
FUNCTION
Let A and B are two non empty sets. A function f from set A to set B is a rule which associated each
element of A to a unique element of B, denoted by f : A B
set A is called domain of function f
set B is called co-domain of function f
If element x of A corresponds to y( B) under the function f, then we say that y is the image of x and
write f(x) = y.
Note : (i) Range of f co-domain of f
(ii) f : A B is not a function, if there is atleast one element in A which does not have a
f-image in B or if there is an element in A which has more than one f-images in B.
(iii) A function can also be represented as a set of ordered pairs e.g. f = {(1, 2), (2, 3),
(3, 4), (4,4)} is a function from {1, 2, 3, 4} to {2, 3, 4}. Clearly f = {(1,2), (1,
(2, 2), (3, 3)} is not a function as 1 2 and 1
The Graph of a Function :
The graph of a function y = f (x) consists of all points (x, f(x)) in the Cartesian plane since by definition
of a function, there is exactly one value of y for each x, it follows that no vertical line can intersect
the graph of a function of x for twice or more.
y y y
0 x
x x
not a function of x a function of x a function of x

Domain of the Function :
Domain of the function is the set of all those real numbers x for which f(x) exists or f(x) is meaningful.
1
f(x) or any imaginary no.) f(x) = , f(x) exist, if x 0, so domain is R0. f(x) = x 2 , f(x) exist,
x
if x 2 so domain [2, ).
Range of Function :
Set of all the images of elements in domain is called the range.
Range = {f(x) : x domain}
Algebraic Operation on Functions :
1. Given functions f and g, their sum f + g, difference f dom g as:
(f + g) (x) = f (x) + g (x), (f
on dom f {x dom g: g(x) 0} by (f/g) (x) = f(x)/g(x).
2. If k is any real number and f is a function then kf is defined on the domain of f by (k f) (x) = k f(x).
We have the following formulae for domains of functions
(i) dom (f g) = dom f dom g
(ii) dom (f g) = dom f dom g
(iii) dom (f /g) = dom f {x dom g: g (x) 0}
(iv) dom f = {x dom f; f (x) 0}
IDENTICAL FUNCTION
Two functions f : A B and g : C D are called equal functions if and only if
(a) domain of f = domain of g
(b) co-domain of f = co-domain of g
(c) f(x) = g(x) , x domain
SOME STANDARD FUNCTIONS AND THEIR GRAPHS
Constant Function :
A function denoted by f(x) = C (where C R) is known as constant function
Domain = R, Range = C
f(x) y
C
x
x' O x
y'
Identity Function :
A function which is associated to itself is known as identity function and denoted by f(x) = x
Since x can take any value so domain of this function is R, corresponding value of f(x) is also R, so
range is R
Domain = R, Range = R
I(x ) y
x
x' x
y'

Modulus Function :
This is also known as absolute value function and denoted by f(x) = |x|
x, x 0 f(x)
i.e. f(x) = y
x, x 0
Domain of this function is set of all real numbers because f(x) exists
for all x R but |x| 0 so range is all non-negative real numbers.
x' x
Domain = R , Range = [0, ] or R+ {0} O x
Properties of modulus function : y'
(a) x 2 | x | (d) |x| a x a
(b) | x y | = | x | | y | (e) |x| a x a or x
x x
(c) , (y 0) (f) a |x| b a x b or x
y y
Signum Function :
x
; x 0
The function f(x), defined as f(x) = x is called signum function.
0 ; x 0
1 ; x 0
0 ; x 0
This signum function may also defined as f(x) =
1 ; x 0
Domain = R, Range = {
Greatest Integer Function :

This function is also known as step function or floor function denoted by f(x) = [x]. By [x] we mean
greatest integer less then or equal to x. If n is an integer and x is any real number between n and n + 1
i.e. n x < n + 1, then [x] = n
Thus [3.4] = 3, [3.99] = 3 , [
Domain of [x] is set of all real numbers because [x] exist x R
But [x] is always integral number so range is set of all integers Z.
Some Properties of [x] :
(a) [x + k] = [x] + k, if k Z
(b) [
3
(c) [x] + [ Z f ( x)
(d) [x] + [ Z 2
(e) [x] Z 1
(f) [x] Z 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4
(g) x x 1 x
(h) [x] n x n, n z 2
(i) [x] > n x n + 1, n z 3

(j) [x] n x < n + 1, n z
(k) [x] < n x < n, n z

Fractional Part Function :
y = {x}
Any number is sum of integral & fractional part i.e. x = [x] + {x}
y = {x} = x x<k+1
x 1 .......
y=1
x, 0 x 1
y = {x} = x 1, 1 x 2
x 2, 2 x 3
....... .......
Domain = R , Range = [0, 1)

From graph 0 {x} < 1
This function is a periodic function with period 1. This is also many-one function discontinuous at
x .
LOGARITHMIC FUNCTION
If f : R+ R, f(x) = loga x, then f(x) is known as logarithmic function
Here f(x) exist if x > 0 and 0 < a < 1 or a > 1 (a 1)
y
f(x)
loga x
0 x
a>1
Properties of logarithmic function :
(i) loga m.n = log m + log n
m
(ii) loga = log m n loga x
n
(iii) loga mn = nloga m 0<a<1
p
(iv) log aq b p = q logab
log x b
(v) logab = log a = log xb.log ax Domain = R
+
x
Range = R
a
(vi) logba . logb 1
(vii)If loga f(x) = y f(x) = (a)y
f (x) g ( x ) if a 1
(viii) If loga f(x) loga g(x) f (x) g ( x ) if 0 a 1
f (x ) (a ) y a 1
(ix) If loga f(x) y
f (x ) (a ) y if 0 a 1
y
f (x) (a ) a 1
(x) If loga f(x) y y
f (x) (a ) 0 a 1

Exponential Function
f(x) = ax is known as exponential function (a > 0)
f(x) a
x f(x)
x
a If 0 < a < 1
If a > 1
(0, 1) Domain = R
+ (0, 1)
Range = R
x 0 x x
x 0 x
Inverse Trigonometric Function :

y = sin x y = cos x
/2
/2
1
O 1 1 O 1
/2
Domain = [ Domain = [
Range = , Odd function Range = [0, p] Neither even nor odd
2 2
y = tan x y = cot x
/2
Domain = R Domain = R
Range = , Odd function Range = (0, p)Neither even nor odd

2 2
y = sec x y = cosec x y
/2
x
-1 0 1
- /2
Domain = ( , [1, ) Domain = ( , [1, )
Range = [0, p] Range = ,

2 2 2
Neither even nor odd Odd function
All inverse trigonometric functions are monotonic.

Polynomial Function :
The function f(x) = a0 + a1x + a2x2 + ........ + anxn where a0, a1, a2, ....... an R and n N is
called a polynomial function of degree n.
Rational Function :
A function defined by the quotient of two polynomial function is called rational function.
x2 1
is a rational function.
x3 x 1
Irrational Function :
A function involving one or more radicals of polynomial is called a irrational function
3
x2 2x 3
x2 x x2, 3 etc.
x x 5
Algebraic Function :
An algebraic function is one which consist of a finite number of terms involving power and roots of
the variable x and simple operation, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division i.e. all rational, and
irrational functions are algebraic functions.
Transcendental Function :
All function which are not algebric are called transcendental function.
(a) All trigometric function i.e. sin x, cos x etc.
(b) All exponential function, ex, log x, ax etc.
(c) Inverse trigonometric function sin x, cos x, etc.
Note : A transcendental function is not expressed in a finite number of algebraic terms.
Explicit Function :
A function in which dependent variable (y) is expressed directly in terms of independent variable
2
(say x) i.e. y = x3 + x2 + 1, y = x 3 x 5 , etc.
x 2
Implicit Function :
A function in which we can't express dependent variable in terms of independent variable.
x3 + y3 + 3xy = 0, note that we can't write y or x in terms of x, or y separately.
Even or Odd Function :

(a) Even function : If f(
f(x) = cos x is a even function [ f(
(b) Odd function : If f(
If f(x) = x3 + tan3 x is a odd function
because f( = ( 3 + [tan ( 3
= 3 3 x= 3 + tan3 x] =
so f(

Note : (a) Even function is symmetrical about y-axis while odd function is symmetrical about origin
(i.e. in opposite quadrant)
(b) Addition and subtraction of two even function is always even function.
(c) Sum of even and odd function is neither even nor odd function.
(d) Any function 'f' can be represented as the sum of an even and an odd function.
1 1 1
f (x) [f (x) f ( x)] + [f (n) f ( x)] where [f ( x ) f ( x)] is an even and
2 2 2
1
[f (x) f ( x)] is an odd function
2
(e) f(x) = 0 is the only function which is both odd and even.
Periodic Function :
A function 'f' defined on its domain is said to be periodic function if their exist a positive number T
such that f(x + T) = f(x) x D. Also both x + T and x
The least value of T, if exists is called, the period of the function.
f(x) = sin x , f(x) = sin (x + 2 ) = sin (x + 4 ) = sin (x + 6 ) = ..................
Here T = 2 , 4 , 6 ......................
Least value of T is 2 , so period of sin x is 2
Some Standard Functions and their Period :

Function Period
sin x 2
cos x 2
tan x
{x} 1
Some Special Point about Periodic Function :

If period of f(x) is 'T' then
T
(a) (i) Period of f(ax) and f(ax + b) is a .
x
(ii) Period of f a is |a|.T..
(b) If period f(x) is T1 and g(x) is T2. Then period of f(x) 1 and T2
f (x )
(same for g ( x ) )
a c e LCM of a , c, e
Note : (i) LCM of b , d , f HCF of b, d, f
.
(ii) Sin 2
x and sin x is not a periodic function because these can't be written in the form
of f(x + T) = f(x)
(iii) L.C.M. of rational with irrational is not possible, e.g., L.C.M. of ( , 2, 2 ) is not possible
as , 2 irrational and 2 rational

Bounded and Unbounded Function :
f(x) is said to be bounded above, if there exists a fixed number say M such that f(x) is never greater
then M for all value of x. Similarly it's bounded below if there exists a fixed number m (say) that f(x)
is never less then m i.e. M f(x) m for all value of x.
f(x) is said to be unbounded if one or both of the upper and lower (M and m) bounds of the function
are infinite.
f(x) = 3 + sin x is a bounded function because maximum and minimum value of sin x are +1 and
So, 2 f(x) 4 for all value of x.
TYPES OF MAPPINGS OR FUNCTIONS

One-one Function or Injective Function :
A function is said to be one-one function if different element in a domain have different images in
co-domain.
Set A Set B
1 a
2 b if f(x1) = f(x2) then x1 = x 2
3 c f(x) is one - one function
d
(domain) (co-domain)
Note : (i) Linear polynomial function (ax + b), x, ex, log x, are always one-one functions.
dy dy
(ii) If 0 or 0 x domain , then y = f(x) is said to be one-one function.
dx dx
Number of one-one function : If A and B are finite sets having m and n elements respectively,
then number of one-one function from A to B = nPm, if n m = 0, if n < m.
Many :
A function f : A B is said to be many one if more than one element in set A have same image in
Set B.
Note : (i) All even function, modulus function, periodic function are always many-one function.
(ii) Square function, Trigonometric function are also many
Into Function :
A function f: A B is said to be into function if there exist at least one element in set B having no
pre-image in set A.
In fig set B (co-domain) there is no pre-image, for element d, in set A, so function is into function.

Onto Function :
f:A B, said to be onto function if every element in set B has a pre image in set A.
Range of f = co-domain of f. log x, linear polynomials, are always onto function.
Possible mappings are
(i) One-one and onto (bijective function)
(ii) Many one and onto
(iii) One-one and into
(iv) Many one-into
Composition of Function :
Let f :A B and g : B C then the composition of g and f is denoted by gof and is defined as gof :A C
given bygof(x) = g(f(x))
Similarlyfog is defined. Note that, gof is defined onlyif Range f dom g and fog is defined onlyif Range
g dom f.
gof
f g
x
f( x ) g( f( x))
A B C
Let f(x) = x2 + 3 and g(x) = x . Since dom g = [0, ), dom f = R
we have fog (x) = f(g(x)) = f ( x ) ( x )2 3 x 3
So dom fog = {x [0, ) : g(x) R} = [0, )
Let us now find gof, we have (gof) (x) = g(f(x)) = g(x2 +3) = x 2 3 , then dom
gof = {x R : f(x) [0, )} = R.
Inverse Function :
Two functions f and g are inverse of each other if f (g(x)) = x for x dom g and g(f(x)) = x for
x dom f . To find the inverse of f, write down the equation y = f(x) and then solve x as a function
of y. The resulting equation is x = f (y).
Existence of inverse function :

A function need not have an inverse. e.g. the function f(x) = x2 has no inverse (where dom f = R).
To have an inverse, a function must be both one-one and onto, i.e. bijective.

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 Let A= {1, 2, 3}. The total number of distinct relations that can be defined overA is
Q.2 The relation R = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (1, 2), (2, 3), (1, 3)} on set A = {1, 2, 3} is
(A) Reflexive but not symmetric (B) Reflexive but not transitive
(C) Symmetric and transitive (D) Neither symmetric nor transitive
Q.3 Let W denote the words in the English dictionary. Define the relation R by :
R = {(x, y) W
(A) Not reflexive, symmetric and transitive (B) Reflexive, symmetric and not transitive
(C) Reflexive, symmetric and transitive. (D) Reflexive, not symmetric and transitive
Q.4 Let R be a relation of the set of integers given by aRb a = 2k

(A)An equivalence relation (B) Reflexive but not symmetric
(C) Reflexive and transitive but not symmetric (D) Reflexive and symmetric but not transitive.
Q.5 A relation R is defined from {2, 3, 4, 5} to {3, 6, 7, 10} by xRy x is relatively prime to y. Then
domain of R is
(A) {2, 3, 5} (B) {3, 5} (C) {2, 3, 4} (D) {2, 3, 4, 5}
Q.6 Let R = {(a, a)} be a relation on a set A. Then R is

(A) Symmetric (B)Antisymmetric
(C) Symmetric and antisymmetric (D) Neither symmetric nor anti-symmetric
Q.7 Let R1 be relation defined by R1 = {(a, b) | a b, a, b R}. Then R1 is

(A)An equivalence relation on R (B) Reflexive, transitive but not symmetric
(C) Symmetric, Transitive but not reflexive (D) Neither transitive nor reflexive but symmetric.
Q.8 Let R = {(1, 3), (4, 2), (2, 4), (2, 3), (3, 1)} be a relation on the set A = {1, 2, 3, 4}. The relation R
is
(A) Reflexive (B)Transitive (C) Not symmetric (D)Afunction
Q.9 The domain of the real valued function f ( x ) 5 4x x 2 + x2 log (x + 4) is

(A) x 1 (B) x and x 1 (C) 1 (D)
Q.10 Domain of function f(x) = sin 5x is

1 1 1 1 1
(A) , (B) , (C) R (D) 0,
5 5 5 5 5
sin 1 (3 x )
Q.11 The domain of the function f ( x ) is
ln (| x | 2)
(A) [2, 4] (B) (2, 3) (3, 4] (C) [2, ) (D) ( , [2, )
x
Q.12 The domain of sin log 3 is
3
(A) [1, 9] (B) [ (C) [ (D) [

Q.13 Domain of the function log | x2
(A) R (B) R (C) R (D) None of these
Q.14 Domain of f(x) = log | log x | is

(A) (0, ) (B) (1, ) (C) (0, 1) (1, ) (D) ( , 1)
log 2 ( x 3)
Q.15 The domain of f ( x ) is
x 2 3x 2
(A) R (B) ( )
(C) R (D) ( )
sec 1 x
Q.16 The function f ( x ) , where [.] denotes the greatest integer less than or equal to x is defined
x [x]
for all x belonging to
(A) R (B) R (n | n Z)}
(C) R+ (D) R+ N)}
1
Q.17 The domain of the function f ( x ) log is
| sin x |
(A) R , n I} (B) R ,n I}
(C) R , } (D) ( , )
1/ 2
5x x 2
Q.18 Domain of the function f ( x ) log10 is
4
(A) <x< (B) 1 x 4 (C) 4 x 16 (D) x 1
Q.19 The domain of the function f(x) = log3+x (x2

(A) ( (1, ) (B) [ [1, )
(C) ( ( (1, ) (D) [ ( [1, )
3
Q.20 Domain of definition of the function f ( x ) 2
log10 ( x 3 x ) , is
4 x
(A) (1, 2) (B) ( (1, 2)
(C) (1, 2) (2, ) (D) ( (1, 2) (2, )
Q.21 Domain of the function f ( x ) 2 2 x x 2 is

(A) 3 x 3 (B) 3 x 3
(C) x 2 (D) 3 x 3
Q.22 Domain of the function f ( x ) x 3 is

( x 1) x 2 4
(A) (1, 2) (B) ( , (2, )
(C) ( , (1, ) (D) ( , ) {1,
Q.23 The domain of the function f ( x ) x x2 4 x 4 x is
(A) [ ) (B) [ (C) [0, 4] (D) [0, 1]

Q.24 The domain of the function f(x) = sin {(1 + ex) } is
1 1
(A) , (B) [ (C) [0, 1] (D) ( , )
4 3
Q.25 The domain of the function log(x 2 6 x 6) is
(A) ( , ) (B) ( ,3 3) (3 3, )
(C) ( , 1] [5, ) (D) [0, )
1
Q.26 The domain of the function y is
|x| x
(A) ( , 0) (B) ( , 0] (C) ( , (D) ( , )
Q.27 For > , then value of f( ) = sec2 + cos always lies in the interval
3
(A) (0, 2) (B) [0, 1] (C) (1, 2) (D) [2, )
Q.28 The range of function f(x) = loge 4 x 2 is given by

(A) (0, ) (B) ( , ) (C) ( , loge2] (D) (loge 2, )
2
Q.29 The range of the function f(x) = tan x 2 is
9
(A) [0, 3] (B) [0, 3 ] (C) [3, 3] (D) [ 3 , 3]
Q.30 The range of f(x) = sec cos2 x , <x< is

4
(A) [1, 2 ] (B) [1, )
(B) [ 2 , [1, 2] (D) ( , [1, )
x2 x 2
Q.31 Range of the function f(x) = ;x R is
x2 x 1
(A) (1, ) (B) (1, 11/7] (C) (1, 7/3] (D) (1, 7/5]
Q.32 If f(x) = a cos (bx + c) + d, then range of f(x) is

(A) [d + a, d + 2a] (B) [a (C) [d + a, a (D) [d
Q.33 Range of f(x) = [x]

(A) [0, 1] (B) ( (C) R (D) (
x 2
Q.34 The range of the function f(x) = is
| x 2|
(A) {0, 1} (B) { (C) R (D) R
Q.35 The range of f(x) = cos x
(A) ( (B) [ (C) , (D) [ 2, 2]

2 2

1
Q.36 Range of the function is
2 sin 3x
1 1
(A) [1, 3] (B) , 1 (C) (1, 3) (D) ,1
3 3
x 2 14 x 9
Q.37 If x is real, then value of the expression lies between
x 2 2x 3
(A) 5 and 4 (B) 5 and (C) (D) None of these
1
Q.38 If f(x) = cos(log x), then f(x) f(y) [f(x / y) + f(xy)] =
2
(A) (B) 1/2 (C) (D) None of these
x
Q.39 If f(x) = sin log x, then the value of f(xy) + f
y
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) (D) sin log x
Q.40 The value of b and c for which the identity f(x + 1) 2 + cx +
d, are
(A) b = 2, c = 1 (B) b = 4, c = (C) b = (D) b =
2
1 f x x2
Q.41 If f(x) = cos(log x), then f(x2)f(y2) f has the value
2 2 y2
(A) (B) (C) 1/2 (D) None of these
Q.42 If (x) = ax, then { (p)}3 is equal to

(A) (3p) (B) 3 (p) (C) 6 (p) (D) 2 (p)
Q.43 If f(x + ay, x

x2 y2 x2 y2
(A) xy (B) x2 2y2 (C) (D)
4 a2
Q.44 The function f : R R is given by f(x) = x3

(A)Aone-one function (B)An onto function
(C)Abijection (D) Neither one-one nor onto
Q.45 If for two functions g and f, gof is both injective and surjective, then which of the following is true
(A) g and f should be injective and surjective (B) g should be injective and surjective
(C) f should be injective and surjective (D) None of them may be surjective and injective
Q.46 Mapping f : R R which is defined as f(x) = cos x, x R will be

(A) Neither one-one nor onto (B) one-one
(C) Onto (D) One-one onto

Q.47 Let R and C denotes the set of real number and complex numbers respectivley. The function f : C
R defined by f(z) = | z | is
(A) One to one (B) Onto
(C) Bijective (D) Neither one to one nor onto
Q.48 Set Ahas 3 elements and set B has 4 elements. the number of injection that can be defined fromAto
B is
(A) 144 (B) 12 (C) 24 (D) 64
x2 4
Q.49 Let f ( x ) for | x | > 2, then the function f : ( , [2, ) (
x2 4
(A) One-one into (B) One-one onto (C) Many one into (D) Many one onto
Q.50 Let the function f : R R be defined by f(x) = 2x + sin x, x R. Then f is

(A) One-to-one and onto (B) One-to-one but not onto
(C) Onto but not one-to-one (D) Neither one-to-one nor onto
x
Q.51 If f : [0, ) [0, ) and f ( x ) , then f is
1 x
(A) One-one and onto (B) One-one but not onto
(C) Onto but not one-one (D) Neither one-one nor onto
Q.52 f(x) = x + x 2 is a function from R R, then f(x) is

(A) Injective (B) Surjective (C) Bijective (D) None of these
ex e x
Q.53 The inverse of the funciton f ( x ) 2 is given by
ex e x
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 2
x 2 x 1 x x 1
(A) loge (B) loge (C) loge (D) loge
x 1 3 x 2 x x 1
Q.54 If the function f : [1, ) [1, ) is defined by f(x) = 2x(x , then f 1 ( x ) is

x ( x 1)
1 1
(A) (B) (1 + 1 4 log2 x )
2 2
1
(C) (1 1 4 log 2 x ) (D) Not defined
2
Q.55 Which of the following funtion has inverse function

1
(A) f(x) = (B) f(x) = x2 for all x (C) f(x) = x2, x 0 (D) f(x) = x2, x 0
x 1
Q.56 If f(x) = x2 + 1, then f (17) and f (

(A) 4, 1 (B) 4, 0 (C) 3, 2 (D) None of these

Q.57 Which of the following function is even function
ax 1 ax 1 ax a x
(A) f ( x ) (B) f ( x ) x (C) f ( x ) (D) f(x) = sin x
ax 1 ax 1 ax a x
1 x
Q.58 If f ( x ) log , then f(x) is
1 x
(A) Even function (B) f(x1) f(x2) = f(x1 + x2)
f ( x1 )
(C) f ( x ) = f(x1 2) (D) Odd function
2
Q.59 The function f(x) = sin log x x2 1 is
(A) Even function (B) Odd function

(C) Neither even nor odd (D) Periodic function
Q.60 The function f(x) = log (x + x 2 1 ), is

(A)An even function (B)An odd function
(C)Aperiodic function (D) Neither an even nor odd function
Q.61 Function f(x) = x

1
(A) a periodic function (B)Aperiodic function whose period is
2
(C)Aperiodic function whose period is 1 (D) Not a periodic function
Q.62 If f(x) = e2x and g(x) = log x (x > 0), then fog(x) is equal to
(A) e2x (B) log x (C) e2x log x (D) x
x x
Q.63 Let f and g be functions defined by f(x) = , g(x) = , then (fog)(x) is
x 1 1 x
1 1
(A) (B) (C) x (D) x
x x 1
Q.64 Suppose that g(x) = 1 + x and f(g(x)) = 3 + 2 x + x, then f(x) is
(A) 1 + 2x2 (B) 2 + x2 (C) 1 + x (D) 2 + x
ax
Q.65 If f(x) = ,x is f(f(x)) = x
x 1
(A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D)
2x 1
Q.66 If f(x) = , then (fof)(2) is equal to
3x 2
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 2

EXERCISE-II
Q.1 In the set A = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, a relation R is defined by R = {(x, y) | x, y A and x < y}. Then R is -
(A) Reflexive (B) Symmetric (C)Transitive (D) None of these
Q.2 Let R be a relation on the set N of natural numbers defined by nRm n is a factor of m
(i.e. n | m). Then R is
(A) Reflexive and symmetric - (B) Transitive and symmetric
(C) Equivalence (D) Reflexive, transitive but not symmetric
Q.3 If R is a relation from a finite setAhavingm elements to a finite set B having n elements, then the number
of relations fromAto B is-
(A) 2mn (B) 2mn (C) 2mn (D) mn
Q.4 Let L denote the set of all straight lines in a plane. Let a relation R be defined by R ,
, L. Then R is -
(A) Reflexive (B) Symmetric (C)Transitive (D) None of these
Q.5 Two points A and B in a plane are related if OA= OB, where O is a fixed point. This relation is -
(A) Reflexive but not symmetric (B) Symmetric but not transitive
(C)An equivalence relation (D) None of these
Q.6 The relation R = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (1, 2), (2, 3), (1, 3)} on the set A = {1, 2, 3} is -
(A) Reflexive but not symmetric (B) Reflexive but not transitive
(C) Symmetric and transitive (D) Neither symmetric nor transitive
Q.7 LetAbe the set of all children in the world and R be a relation inAdefined by x R yif x and yhave same
sex. Then R is -
(A) Not reflexive (B) Not symmetric (C) Not transitive (D)An equivalence relation
Q.8 Let A = {2, 3, 4, 5} and let
R = {(2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (2, 3), (3, 2), (3, 5), (5, 3)} be a relation on A. Then R is -
(A) Reflexive and transitive (B) Reflexive and symmetric
(C)An equivalence relation (D) None of these
Q.9 Let L be the set of all straight lines in the xy-plane. Two lines 1 and 2 are said to be related by the
relation R if 1 is parallel to 2. Then the relation R is -
(A) Reflexive (B) Symmetric (C)Transitive (D) Equivalence
Q.10 Given the relation R = {(2, 3), (3,4)} on the set {2, 3, 4}. The number of minimum number of ordered
pairs to be added to R so that R is reflexive and symmetric
(A) 4 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) 6
Q.11 Which of the following relation is a function ?

(A) {(1,4), (2,6), (1,5), (3,9)} (B) {(3,3), (2,1), (1,2), (2,3)}
(C) {(1,2), (2,2,), (3,2), (4,2)} (D) {(3,1), (3,2), (3,3), (3,4)}
Q.12 If x, y R, then which of the following rules is not a function-

2
(A) y = 9 (B) y = 2x2 (C) y = x (D) y = x2 + 1

sin4 x cos 4 x
Q.13 The function f(x) = is -
x tan x
(A) odd (B) Even
(C) neither even nor odd (D) odd and periodic
Q.14 Afunction is called even function if its graph is symmetrical w.r.t.-

(A) origin (B) x = 0 (C) y = 0 (D) line y = x
Q.15 Afunction is called odd function if its graph is symmetrical w.r.t.-

(A) Origin (B) x = 0 (C) y = 0 (D) line y = x
Q.16 The even function is-

(A) f(x) = x2 (x2 +1) (B) f(x) = sin3 x + 2 (C) f(x) = x (x +1) (D) f(x) = tan x + c
Q.17 A function whose graph is symmetrical about the y-axis is given by-
(A) f(x) = loge (x + x 2 1 ) (B) f(x + y) = f(x) + f(y) for all x, y R
(C) f(x) = cos x + sin x (D) None of these
Q.18 Which of the following is an even function ?

ax 1 ax a x ax 1
(A) x (C) (D)
ax 1 2 ax 1
Q.19 The period of sin4 x + cos4 x is -
(A) (B) /2 (C) 2 (D) None of these
Q.20 The period of function |cos 2x| is -

(A) (B) /2 (C) 4 (D) 2
x x
Q.21 The period of function sin 2
+ cos 2 is-
(A) 4 (B) 6 (C) 12 (D) 24
Q.22 The period of the function f(x) = log cos 2x + tan 4x is -

(A) /2 (B) (C) 2 (D) 2 /5
1
Q.23 The period of the function f(x) = 2 cos (x ) is -
3
(A) 6 (B) 4 (C) 2 (D)
1
Q.24 Domain of the function f(x) = is-
x 2
(A) R (B) ( ) (C) [2, ] (D) [0, ]
3 x
Q.25 The domain of the function log is-
2
(A) (3, ) (B) ( ,3) (C) (0,3) (D) (
Q.26 Domain of the function cos (4x

(A) (0,1/2) (B) [0,1/2] (C) [1/2,2] (D) None of these

Q.27 Domain of the function log |x2
(A) R (B) R (C) R (D) None of these
Q.28 The domain of the function-

f (x) = x 1 + 6 x is-
(A) (1,6) (B) [1,6] (C) [1, ) (D) ( ,6]
Q.29 The domain of the function f(x) = ( 2 2x x2 ) is -

(A) 3 x 3 (B) 3 x 3
(C) x 2 (D) 3 x 3
Q.30 Domain of a function f(x) = sin 5x is-

1 1 1 1 1
(A) , (B) , (C) R (D) 0, 5
5 5 5 5
Q.31 If f : R+ R, f(x) = log x, then range of f is -

(A) R0 (B) R (C) R+ (D) None of these
Q.32 The range of the function f : R R, f(x) = tan x is-
(A) , (B) , (C) R (D) None of these

2 2 2 2
Q.33 The range of f(x) = sin [x] is -

2
(A) { (B) { (C) {0,1} (D) [
| x 3|
Q.34 Domain and range of f(x) = are respectively-
x 3
(A) R, [ (B) R (C) R+, R (D) None of these
Q.35 The domain of the function f(x) = sin 1/x is -

(A) R (B) R+ (C) R0 (D) R
Q.36 Range of the function f(x) = 9

(A) (2,16) (B) [2,16] (C) [ (D) (2,16]
1
Q.37 The domain of the function f(x) = x [ x]
is-
(A) R (B) R (C) Z (D) None of these
Q.38 If f(x) = log x, then f (x/y) equals-

(A) f(x) + f(y) (B) f(x) (C) f(x) / f(y) (D) f(x) . f(y)
2x
Q.39 If f(x) = , then f (tan ) equals-
1 x2
(A) cot 2 (B) tan 2 (C) sec 2 (D) cos 2

Q.40 If f(x) = ax, then f(x+ y) equals-
(A) f(x) + f(y) (B) f(x) (C) f(x) f(y) (D) f(x) /f(y)
Q.41 If f(x) = log x, then correct statement is-

(A) f(x + y) = f( x ) + f(y) (B) f(x + y) = f( x) . f(y)
(C) f(xy) = f(x) + f(y) (D) f(xy) = f( x) . f(y)
x f ( a / b)
Q.42 If f (x) = , then f (b / a) =
x 1
(A) ab (B) a/b (C) b/a (D) 1
Q.43 If f : R R , f(x) = 2x ; g : R R, g(x) = x + 1, then (f .g) (2) equals -

b( x a) a( x b)
Q.44 If f(x) = (b a) + ( a b) , then f(a + b) =
(A) f(a). f(b) (B) f(a) (C) f(a) /f(b) (D) f(a) + f(b)
x f (a)
Q.45 If f( x) = then f (a 1) is equal to -
x 1
a
(A) f( (B) f(1/a) (C) f(a2) (D) f a 1
f ( xy) f ( x / y)
Q.46 If f(x) = cos (log x), then f ( x)f ( y)
equals-
(A) 1 (B) (C) 0 (D) 2
| x|
Q.47 The function f(x) = , x > 0 is -
x
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D)
Q.48 If f : I I,f (x) = x3+ 1, then f is -

(A) one - one but not onto (B) onto but not one-one
(C) One-one onto (D) None of these
Q.49 Function f : R R , f(x) = x |x| is -

(A) one-one but not onto (B) onto but not one- one
(C) one-one onto (D) neither one-one nor onto
x2
Q.50 f : R R , f(x) = , is -
1 x2
(A) many- one function (B) odd function
(C) one- one function (D) None of these
1
Q.51 If f : R0 R0, f(x) = , then f is -
x
(A) one-one but not onto (B) onto but not one-one
(C) neither one-one nor onto (D) both one-one and onto
3
Q.52 Function f : 2 , 2 R, f(x) = tan x is
(A) one-one (B) onto (C) one-one onto (D) None of these

1 3
Q.53 Function f : 2 , 2 [
(A) many-one onto (B) onto (C) one-one onto (D) many one into
Q.54 If f : R [
(A) one-one onto (B) one-one into (C) many-one onto (D) many-one into
Q.55 If f : R R , f(x) = sin2 x + cos2 x , then f is -

(A) one-one but not onto (B) onto but not one-one
(C) neither one-one nor onto (D) both one-one onto
Q.56 Which of the following functions from

A = {x: x 1} to itself are bijections ?
x x
(A) f(x) = (B) g(x) = sin 2 (C) h(x) = |x| (D) k(x) = x2
2
Q.57 Which of the following function defined from R to R is onto ?

(A) f(x) = |x| (B) f(x) = e (C) f(x) = x3 (D) f(x) = sin x.
Q.58 If f(x) = 2x and g is identity function, then-

(A) (fog) (x) = g(x) (B) (g + g) (x) = g(x)
(C) (fog) (x) = (g + g) (x) (D) None of these
Q.59 gof exists, when-

(A) domain of f = domain of g (B) co-domain of f = domain of g
(C) co-domain of g = domain of g (D) co-domain of g = co-domain of f
Q.60 If f : R R, f(x) = x2 + 2x R, g(x) = 3x

(A) 3x2 + 6x (B) 9x2 (C) (3x 2
+ 2x (D) None of these
Q.61 If f : R R, f(x) = x2 R, g(x) = log x , then the value of (gof) (2) is -

(A) 0 (B) (C) (D) Undefined
Q.62 If f : R R, g : R R and f(x) = 3x + 4 and (gof) (x) = 2x

1
(A) 2x (B) 2x (C) (2x (D) None of these
3
Q.63 If f : R R, g : R R and g(x) = x + 3 and (fog) (x) = (x + 3)2, then the value of f(
(A) (B) 0 (C) 9 (D) None of these
Q.64 If (x) = x2 + 1 and (x) = 3x, then { (x)} and { (x)} =

2 2 2
(A) 32x+1, 3x 1
(B) 32x+1, 3x 1
(C) 32x +1, 3x 1
(D) None of these
1, when x Q
Q.65 If f(x) = 0, when x Q , then (fof) ( ) will be-
(A) 2 (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) Undefined

Q.66 If f(x) = [x] and g(x) = cos ( x), then the range of gof is -
(A) {0} (B) { (C) { (D) [
Q.67 If f : R R, f(x) = x2 + 3, then pre- image of 2 under f is -

(A) {1, (B) {1} (C) { (D)
Q.68 If function f : R R+, f(x) = 2x , then f (x) will be equal to-

(A) logx 2 (B) log2 (1/x) (C) log2 x (D) None of these
Q.69 If f(x) = x3 is -
(A) {0,1,2,3} (B) {1,0, (C) { (D) {0,
Q.70 If f(x) = {4 3}1/5,then its inverse is-

(A) 7 5)1/3 (B) 7 5)1/3 (C) 7 + (4 5)1/3 (D) None of these
Q.71 If f : R R, f(x) = ex and g : R R, g(x) = 3x (x) is equal

to-
2 log x x 3
(A) log (x (B) (C) log 2
(D) None of these
3
1
Q.72 If f(x) = x2 , then domain of (f
x 2
(A) R (B) R+ (C) R (D) None of these
x2 2x 1
Q.73 f(x) = is not defined for-
x2 3 x 2
(A) x = 2 (B) x = 1, 2 (C) x = 2, (D) x = 0
Q.74 The interval for which sin x + cos x = holds-

2
(A) [0, ) (B) [0,3] (C) [0,1] (D) [0,2]
Q.75 The domain of the function f(x) = x! is -

(A) (0, ) (B) N (C) W (D) R+
Q.76 The period of function f (x) = |sin3 (x/2)| is

Q.77 The inverse of the function y = logex is -

(A) 10x (B) 10 (C) ex (D) e
Q.78 Function f : [ R, f(x) = sin ( /2) x is -

(A) one-one (B) onto (C) one-one onto (D) None of these
Q.79 If the domain of function f(x) = x2 , ), then the range of function is -

(A) ( , ) (B) [ ) (C) ( (D) ( ,

1 1
Q.80 If f : , [
2 2
(A) one-one (B) one-one onto (C) onto (D) None of these
Q.81 f(x) = cos x , correct statement is -

2
(A) f(x) is periodic and its period = 2 (B) f(x) is periodic and its period = 4
(C) f(x) is periodic and its period = (D) f(x) is not periodic
Q.82 If f be the greatest integer function and g be the modulus function, then
5 5
(gof) 3 3
=
(A) 1 (B) (C) 2 (D) 4

Q.83 Which one of the following graphs represents the function y = 1+ |x| for all x R ?
(1,0) (1,0)
(A) (0,0) (B) (0,1) (C) (D)
Q.84 The graph of f(x) =
(0,1)
(0,0)
(A) (0,0) (B) (C) (D) (0,-1)
Q.85 The function f (x) = cos (log (x + x 2 1 )) is-

(A) even (B) odd (C) constant (D) None of these
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 Let R = {(1, 3), (4, 2), (2, 4), (2, 3), (3, 1)} be a releation on the set A = {1, 2, 3, 4}. The relation R
is- [AIEEE-2004]
(A) transitive (B) not symmetric (C) reflexive (D) a function
Q.2 Let R = {(3, 3), (6, 6), (9, 9), (12, 12), (6, 12), (3, 9), (3, 12), (3, 6)}, be relation on the set
A = {3, 6, 9, 12} . The relation is - [AIEEE-2005]
(A) reflexive and transitive only (B) reflexive only
(C) an equilvalence relation (D) reflexive and symmetric only
Q.3 Let W denote the words in the English dictionary. Define the relation R by : R = {(x, y) W
words x and y have at least one letter in common}. Then R is [AIEEE 2006]
(A) reflexive, symmetric and not transitive (B) reflexive, symmetric and transitive
(C) reflexive, not symmetric and transitive (D) not reflexive, symmetric and transitive

Q.4 Let R be the real line. Consider the following subsets of the plane R
S = {(x, y): y = x + 1 and 0 < x < 2}
T = {(x, y) : x
Which one of the following is true ? [AIEEE 2008]
(A) Both S and T are equivalence relations on R
(B) S is an equivalence relation on R but T is not
(C) T is an equivalence relation on R but S is not
(D) Neither S nor T is an equivalence relation on R
Q.5 If A, B and C are three sets such that A B=A C and A B=A C, then -
[AIEEE 2009]
(A) A = B (B) A = C (C) B = C (D) A B =
Q.6 Which of the following is not a periodic function - [AIEEE 2002]

(A) sin 2x + cos x (B) cos x (C) tan 4x (D) log cos 2x
Q.7 The period of sin2 x is- [AIEEE 2002]

(A) /2 (B) (C) 3 /2 (D) 2
Q.8 The function f : R R defined byf(x) = sin x is- [AIEEE-2002]

(A)into (B) onto (C) one-one (D)many-one
2 x
Q.9 The range of the function f(x) = , x 2 is - [AIEEE-2002]
2 x
(A) R (B) R (C) R (D) R
Q.10 The function f(x) = log (x + x 2 1 ), is- [AIEEE 2003]

(A) neither an even nor an odd function (B) an even function
(C) an odd function (D) a periodic function
3
Q.11 Domain of definition of the function f(x) = + log10 (x3 [AIEEE 2003]
4 x2
(A) ( (1, 2) (2, ) (B) (1, 2)
(C) ( (1, 2) (D) (1, 2) (2, )
n
Q.12 If f : R R satisfies f(x+ y) = f(x) + f(y), for all x, y R and f(1) = 7, then f (r ) is-
r 1
[AIEEE 2003]
7n (n 1) 7n 7(n 1)
(A) (B) (C) (D) 7n (n+1)
2 2 2
Q.13 A function f from the set of natural numbers to integers defined by

n 1
, when n is odd
f(n) = 2 is [AIEEE 2003]
n
, when n is even
2
(A) neither one-one nor onto (B) one-one but not onto
(C) onto but not one-one (D) one-one and onto both

Q.14 The range of the function f(x) = 7 Px is- [AIEEE 2004]
(A) {1, 2, 3} (B) {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6} (C) {1, 2,3,4} (D) {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
Q.15 If f : R S, defined byf(x)= sin x 3 cos x + 1, is onto, then the interval of S is- [AIEEE 2004]
(A) [0, 3] (B) [ (C) [0, 1] (D) [
Q.16 The graph of the function y = f(x) is symmetrical about the line x = 2, then- [AIEEE 2004]
(A) f(x+ 2) = f(x (B) f(2 + x) = f(2 (C) f(x) = f( (D) f(x) =
sin 1( x 3 )
Q.17 The domain of the function f(x) = is- [AIEEE 2004]
9 x2
(A) [2,3] (B) [2,3) (C) [1,2] (D) [1, 2)
2x
Q.18 Let f : ( B, be a function defined by f(x) = tan , then f is both one-one and onto when
1 x2
B is the interval - [AIEEE-2005]
(A) 0, 2 (B) 0, 2 (C) ,

2 2
(D) ,
2 2
Q.19 A real valued function f(x) satisfies the functional equation f(x
a is a given constant and f(0) = 1, then f(2a [AIEEE-2005]
(A) (B) f(x) (C) f(a) + f(a (D) f(
Q.20 The largest interval lying in , for which the function is defined, is- [AIEEE 2007]
2 2
(A) [0, ] (B) , (C) , (D) 0, 2

2 2 4 2
Q.21 Let f : N Y be a function defined as f(x) = 4x + 3 where Y = |y N : y = 4x + 3 for some x N|.

Show that f is invertible and its inverse is [AIEEE 2008]
y 3 y 3 y 3 3y 4
(A) g(y) = 4 + (B) g(y) = (C) g(y) = (D) g(y) =
4 4 4 3
Q.22 For real x, let f(x) = x3 + 5x + 1, then - [AIEEE 2009]

(A) f is one (B) f is onto R but not one
(C) f is one (D) f is neither one
Q.23 Let f(x) = (x + 1)2 x> [AIEEE 2009]

Statement : The set {x : f(x) = f (x)} = {0,
Statement : f is a bijection.
(A) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement -2 is a correct explanation for Statement -1
(B) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is true; Statement -2 is not a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement -1 is true, Statement -2 is false.
(D) Statement -1 is false, Statement -2 is true.

Q.24 Consider the following relations R = {(x, y) | x, y are real numbers and x = wy for some rational
m p
number w} ; S = , m, n, p and q are integers such that n, q 0 and qm = pm}. Then
n q
(A) R is an equivalence relation but S is not an equivalence relation [AIEEE 2010]
(B) Neither R nor S is an equivalence relation
(C) S is an equivalence relation but Ris not an equivalence relation
(D) R and S both are equivalence relations
Q.25 Let R be the set of real numbers. [AIEEE 2011]
Statement-1 : A = {(x, y) R
Statement-2 : B = {(x, y) R y for some rational number } is an equivalence relation
on R.
(A) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is true and Statement-2 is the correct explanation of Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is falseandStatement-2 is notthe correct explanation of Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is true, Statement-2 is false
(D) Statement-1 is false, Statement-2 is true.

Q.1 A Q.2 A Q.3 B Q.4 A Q.5 D
Q.6 C Q.7 B Q.8 C Q.9 C Q.10 B
Q.11 B Q.12 A Q.13 C Q.14 C Q.15 D
Q.16 B Q.17 B Q.18 B Q.19 C Q.20 D
Q.21 B Q.22 B Q.23 D Q.24 D Q.25 C
Q.26 A Q.27 D Q.28 C Q.29 B Q.30 A
Q.31 C Q.32 D Q.33 B Q.34 B Q.35 D
Q.36 B Q.37 C Q.38 D Q.39 B Q.40 B
Q.41 D Q.42 A Q.43 C Q.44 C Q.45 A
Q.46 A Q.47 D Q.48 C Q.49 C Q.50 A
Q.51 B Q.52 D Q.53 B Q.54 B Q.55 A
Q.56 D Q.57 B Q.58 D Q.59 B Q.60 B
Q.61 C Q.62 D Q.63 D Q.64 B Q.65 D
Q.66 D
Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 A Q.4 B Q.5 C

Q.6 A Q.7 D Q.8 B Q.9 D Q.10 B
Q.11 C Q.12 C Q.13 A Q.14 B Q.15 A
Q.16 A Q.17 D Q.18 A Q.19 B Q.20 B
Q.21 A Q.22 B Q.23 A Q.24 B Q.25 B
Q.26 B Q.27 B Q.28 B Q.29 B Q.30 B
Q.31 B Q.32 B Q.33 B Q.34 B Q.35 B
Q.36 B Q.37 B Q.38 B Q.39 B Q.40 C
Q.41 C Q.42 B Q.43 A Q.44 D Q.45 C
Q.46 D Q.47 B Q.48 A Q.49 C Q.50 A
Q.51 D Q.52 C Q.53 D Q.54 C Q.55 C
Q.56 B Q.57 C Q.58 C Q.59 B Q.60 B
Q.61 D Q.62 C Q.63 C Q.64 C Q.65 C
Q.66 B Q.67 D Q.68 C Q.69 C Q.70 C
Q.71 B Q.72 C Q.73 B Q.74 C Q.75 C
Q.76 C Q.77 C Q.78 A Q.79 B Q.80 B
Q.81 D Q.82 A Q.83 C Q.84 C Q.85 A
Q.1 D Q.2 A Q.3 A Q.4 C Q.5 C

Q.6 B Q.7 B Q.8 A Q.9 B Q.10 C
Q.11 A Q.12 A Q.13 D Q.14 A Q.15 D
Q.16 B Q.17 B Q.18 D Q.19 A Q.20 D
Q.21 C Q.22 C Q.23 B Q.24 C Q.25 C

INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS
INVERSE FUNCTION
Definition :
If a function is one-one and onto fromAto B, then function g which associates each element y B to one
and only one element x A, such that y= f(x), then gis called the inverse function of f, denoted byx = g (y).
Usually we denote g = f 1 {Read as f inverse}
x = f 1 (y).
Inverse Trigonometric Functions :
We have seen that the trigonometric functions, sin, cos etc. are all periodic and thus, each of them
1
achieves the same numerical value at an infinite number of points. Thus, the equation sin x has an
2
infinite number of solutions. To achieve a unique answer to the aforesaid question, we restrict the domain
and co-domainof sinx sothat the resultingfunction is invertible. Thus,the function g : , [ 1, 1]

2 2
defined by g(x) = sin x is one-one and onto and admits of an inverse (denoted by h = sin 1 and read
as sine inverse or arc sin) defined as h : [ 1, 1] , where h(y) = x if y = sin x. The function
2 2
sin 1 x is the inverse of the sine function when the sine function is viewed in a restricted sense.
We similarlydefine the other inverse trigonometric functions
Note :
1. sin x is an angle and denotes the smallest numerical angle, whose sine is x.
2. If there are two angles one positive and the other negative having same numerical value. Then we shall
take the positive value.
DOMAIN, RANGE AND GRAPHS OF INVERSE FUNCTIONS
1. y = sin 1x 2. y = cos 1x
y y
(1, /2) (
y = sin 1x
y = cos 1x
x x
O O (1, 0)
( 1,
Domain : x [ Domain : x [
Range : y [ /2, /2] Range : y [0, ]
3. y = tan 1x 4. y = cot 1x
Domain x R Domain : x R
Range y ( /2, /2) Range : y (0, )
Inverse Trigonometric Function [151]

5. y = sec 1x 6. y = cosec 1x
y = /2
x
O (1, 0) 1
y = sec 1x
Domain : x R Domain R
Range : y [0, ] /2} Range [ /2, /2]
Function Domain Co-domain = Range
sin 1 x [ ,
2 2
1
cos x [ [0, ]
tan 1 x R ,
2 2
1
cot x R (0, )
sec 1x ( , 1] [1, ) 0, ,
2 2
cosec 1x ( , 1] [1, ) , 0 0,
2 2
1 1 2 1 1 1
e.g., cos , tan 1 ( 3 ) , sin arc sin
2 3 3 2 2 6
PROPERTIES OF INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

Property I
(i) sin 1 (sin ) onlyif

2 2
(ii) 1 onlyif 0
cos (cos )
(iii) tan 1 (tan ) onlyif ,

2 2
(iv) cot 1 (cot ) onlyif (0, )
1
(v) sec (sec ) onlyif 0, ,
2 2
(vi) cosec 1 (cosec ) onlyif , 0 0,
2 2
Property-II
(i) sin (sin 1 x) x : 1 x 1
(ii) cos (cos 1 x) x : 1 x 1
(iii) tan (tan 1 x) x : x R
(iv) cot (cot x) x 1 : x R
(v) sec (sec 1 x) x : x ( , 1] [1, )
(vi) cosec (cosec 1x ) x : x ( , 1] [1, )
Property-III
(i) sin ( (x), for all x [
(ii) cos ( (x), for all x [
(iii) tan ( x, for all x R
(iv) cosec ( x, for all x ( , [1, )
(v) sec ( x, for all x ( , [1, )
(vi) cot ( x, for all x R
Property-IV
1 1
(i) sin cosec 1x, for all x ( ,1] [1, )
x
1 1
(ii) cos sec 1 x , for all x ( ,1] [1, )
x
1
1 1 cot x, for x 0
(iii) tan 1
x cot x, for x 0
Property-V
1 1
(i) sin x cos x : 1 x 1
2
1 1
(ii) tan x cot x : x R
2
1 1
(iii) sec x cosec x : x 1 or x 1
2
x y
(i) tan x + tan y = tan
1 xy
x y
(ii) tan x y = tan
1 xy
(iii) sin x y = sin [x 1 y 2 1 x2 ]
(iv) cos x y = cos [xy 1 x2 1 y2 ]
INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF MULTIPLE ANGLES

(i) 2sin x = sin (2x 1 x2 ), if x 1
(ii) 2cos x = cos (2x2 if x 1
2x 2x 1 x2
(iii) 2tan x = tan = sin = cos
1 x2 1 x2 1 x2
(iv) 3 sin x = sin (3x 3)
(v) 3 cos x = cos (4x3

3 x x3
(vi) 3 tan x = tan 1 3 x2
MISCELLENEOUS RESULTS
x x
(i) tan = sin a
a x
3a 2 x x 3 x
(ii) tan a(a 2 3 x 2 )
= 3 tan a
1 x2 1 x2 1
(iii) tan = cos x2
1 x2 1 x2 4 2
x 1 x2 1 1
(iv) sin (x) = cos 1 x2 = tan = cot = sec = cosec
1 x 2 x 1 x 2 x
1 x2 x 1 1
(v) cos x = sin 1 x2 = tan = cot =sec =cosec
x 1 x 2 x 1 x2
x 1 1 1 x2
(vi) tan x = sin = cos = cot = sec 1 x2 = cosec
1 x2 1 x2 x x
Exercise-I
Q.1 Find the value of the following :
1 3
(i) sin sin
2 2
1 3
(ii) cos cos
2 6
Q.2 The value of

1 1
tan (1) + cos 2
+ sin 2
is equal to -
5 3 13
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 12 4 12
Q.3 Evaluate the following :

1 1 2
(i) sin sin (ii) cos cos
4 3
Q.4 The value of cos (cos 10) is

(A ) 4 (B) 10 (C) 3 (D) 10
7
Q.5 cos cos 6
=
7 5
6 6 6
Q.6 cot (cot 4) is equal to

(A) (B) 4 (C) 2 (D) 4

1 1
Q.7 sin {sin + cos }=
2 2
(A) 0 (B) (C) 2 (D) 1
Q.8 In triangle ABC, if A tan 1 2 and B tan 1 3 . Then value of C is

3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 4 4 3
Q.9 The number of solution of the equation tan (x x + tan (x + 1) = tan 3x is

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 4
1 2
Q.10 tan 4
+ tan =
9
1 3 1 3 3 1
(A) tan (B) sin (C) tan 5
(D) tan 2
2 5 2 5
1 2a 1 2b
Q.11 If sin 2
sin 2
2 tan 1 x, then
1 a 1 b
a b a b b a
(A) x (B) x (C) x (D) None of these
1 ab 1 ab 1 ab
11 x2 11 x2
Q.12 sin tan cos
2x 1 x2
1 1 2x 1 11 x2
Q.13 tan sin 2
cos is equal to
2 1 x 2 1 x2
2x 2x
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D)
1 x2 1 x2
1
Q.14 The value of sin(2 tan ) + cos (tan 2 2 ) is equal to
3
6 7 14
15 15 15
Q.15 The value of sin (2sin 0.8) is equal to

(A) sin 1.2 (B) sin 1.6 (C) 0.48 (D) 0.96
Q.16 If x equal to
x
(A) 1 x2 (B) tan
1 x2
1 x2
(C) x
(D) cosec x

1 1 1
Q.17 The value of cos 2 cos 8 is equal to
3 3 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 4 16 4
1 1
Q.18 Solve : cos (1 x ) 2 cos x .
2
c1x y c 2 c1 c3 c2 1
Q.19 tan c 1y x + tan 1 c 2 c1 + tan 1 c 3c2 + .... + tan cn =
y x y
(A) tan (B) tan y (C) (D) None of these
x x
15 1
Q.20 cos 17
+ 2 tan 5
is equal to
140
(A) (B) cos 221
(C) (D) None of these
2 4
EXERCISE - II
Q.1 cot ( 3)=
5 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 6 3 3
Q.2 tan cot 1 1 =

a
1
(A) (B) 1 (C) a (D)
a
Q.3 cos (
(A) (B) 0 (C) (D) 2
2
3
Q.4 tan tan =
4
3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 4 4 4
17
Q.5 cos cos is equal to -
15
17 17 2 13
(A) (B) (C) (D)
15 15 15 15
1 1
Q.6 sin sin =
6 2
1 1
(A) 0 (B) (C) (D) 1
3 4

Q.7 tan 90 cot 1 1 =
3
1
(A) 3 (B) 2/3 (C) 1/3 (D)
10
1 3
Q.8 sin sin =
2 2
3 3 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2
1 12
Q.9 sin cos =
13
5 12 13 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
13 13 5 12
2
Q.10 If sin x + sin y = , then cos x + cos y =
3
2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 6
1
Q.11 If cos = , then tan =
x
1
(A) (B) x2 1 (C) 1 x2 (D) x 2 1
x2 1
Q.12 cos [cos ( 3 /2) + sin (1/ 2 )] is equal to -

(A) ( 3 + 1)/2 2 (B) ( 3 2 (C) ( 3 + 1)/2 2 (D) ( 3 2
Q.13 The value of sin (sin 10) is -

Q.14 sec2(tan 2) + cosec2(cot 3) =

(A) 5 (B) 13 (C) 15 (D) 6
1 1 5
Q.15 tan cos =
2 3
3 5 3 5 2 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 3 5 3 5
1 1
Q.16 sin x + sin + cos x + cos =
x x
3
2 2

Q.17 If tan 2x + tan 3x = then x =
4
1 1
6 6
1 1 1
Q.18 cot [tan + tan + tan ]=
2 5 8
(A) 1 (B) (C) 2 (D) 2
Q.19 cot [tan (1/7) + tan (1/13)] is equal to -

(A) 2/9 (B) 9/2 (C) 7/9 (D) 9/7
33
Q.20 The value of sin cos is -
5
3 7
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5 5 10 10
Q.21 The value of tan (1) + cos ( (

(A) /4 (B) 5 /12 (C) 3 /4 (D) 13 /12
Q.22 If 3 cos (x2 , then x =

(A) Only 3 (B) Only 4 (C) 3 or 4 (D) None of these
Q.23 cos[tan {sin (cot x)}] is equal to-
x2 2 x2 2 x2 1
x2 3 x2 1 x2 2
5
Q.24 The value of cot 3 + sec is -
2

4 3 2
2
Q.25 is the principal value of -
5
1 7 1 7 1 7
(A) cos cos (B) sin sin (C) sec sec (D) None of these
5 5 5
1 7
Q.26 The principal value of cos sin is -
6
5 7
1 2
Q.27 The value of tan cos /2 is -
7
2 2 1 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 5 3 5 5

5
Q.28 tan tan is equal to -
7
2 5 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 7 7 7
EXCERCISE - III
Q.1 The value of cos ( (1) is-
[AIEEE-2002]
3 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2
y
Q.2 If cos x = , then 4x2 + y2 is equal to - [AIEEE-2005]
2
(A) 2 sin 2 (B) 4 (C) 4 sin2 (D) 2
x 5
Q.3 If sin-1 + cosec-1 = then a value of x is- [AIEEE-2007]
5 4 2
(A) 1 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 5
1 5 1 2
Q.4 The value of cot cos ec tan is [AIEEE-2008]
3 3
3 4 4 4
(A) (B) (C) (D)
17 17 17 17
ANSWER KEY
EXERCISE-I
1 2
Q.1 (i) ; (ii) Q.2 C Q.3 (i) ; (ii) Q.4 A Q.5 B
2 4 3
Q.6 B Q.7 D Q.8 C Q.9 C Q.10 D Q.11 A
Q.12 A Q.13 C Q.14 C Q.15 D Q.16 B Q.17 A
Q.18 x = 1 Q.19 B Q.20 B
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 B Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 A
Q.5 D Q.6 A Q.7 C Q.8 C
Q.9 A Q.10 B Q.11 B Q.12 B
Q.13 C Q.14 C Q.15 A, D Q.16 A
Q.17 B Q.18 A Q.19 B Q.20 D
Q.21 C Q.22 C Q.23 C Q.24 A
Q.25 B Q.26 C Q.27 A Q.28 C
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 B Q.2 C Q.3 B Q.4 D

DETERMINANT
Matrices and determinants are two very important tools in the hands of a mathematician. These have
wide application in algebra, trigonometry, co-ordinate geometry & calculus. Problems can be handled in
a much simplified wayand lot-manycalculations are cut short.
DETERMINANTS OF 2ND & 3RD ORDER
a1 b1
The symbol a b is called a determinant of order 2. It has two rows and two columns. a1b2 b
2 1
2 2
a1 b1
is called expansion of determinant a .
2 b 2 These idea can be extended to higher order determinants.
Determinant of 3rd order :
a11 a12 a13
The symbol a 21 a 22 a 23 | a ij | is called the determinant of 3rd orderand its value is equal to the
a 31 a 32 a 33
number:
a 22 a 23 a 21 a 23 a 21 a 22
( 1)1 1 a11 ( 1)1 2 a12 ( 1)1 3 a13
a 32 a 33 a 31 a 33 a 31 a 32
a11 (a 22a 33 a 23a 32 ) a12 (a 21a 33 a 31a 23 ) a13 (a 21a 32 a 31a 22 ) ...(A)
(A) is called expansion of determinant along its first row. In fact, expansion can be carried along any
row or column in a simmilar way.
MINORS AND CO-FACTORS OF DETERMINANT

In the determinant , the minor of the element aij (where i denotes number of row and j the number of
columns, i.e., element common to ith row and jth column) is obtained by removing the ith row and jth
column and it is given by Mij
a 21 a 23
i+j
For example, M12 = a a 33 and cofactor of aij is defined as Cij = ( Mij, for example,
31
a 21 a 23 a 21 a 23
1+2
C12 = ( or C 12 .
a 31 a 33 a 31 a 33
Note: (i) The sum of products of the element of any row with their corresponding cofactor is equal to the
value of determinant i.e.
= a11C11 + a12C12 + a13 C13
(ii) The sum of the product of element of any row with corresponding cofactor of another row is equal
to zero i.e.
a11 C21 + a12 C22 + a13 C23 = 0
(iii) If order of a determinant ( ) is 'n' then the value of the determinant formed byreplacing everyelement
by its cofactor is n-1
Determinant and Matrices [161]

PROPERTIES OF DETERMINANT
P-1 The value of Determinant remains unchanged, if the rows and the column are interchanged. This is always
denoted by ' and is also called transpose
a1 b1 c1 a1 a 2 a3
e.g. D = a 2 b2 c 2 and D' = b1 b 2 b 3

a2 b3 c3 c1 c2 c3
Then D' = D, D and D' are transpose of each other.
Note:
Since the Determinant remains unchanged when rows and columns are interchanged, it is obvious that
any theorem which is true for 'rows' must also be true for 'Columns'
P-2 If anytwo rows (or columns) of a determinant be interchanged, the determinant is unaltered in numerical
Value, but is changed in sign only,
a1 b1 c1 a2 b2 c2
e.g. D = a2 b 2 c 2 and D' = a1 b1 c1
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3
Then D' =
P-3 If a Determinant has two rows (or columns) identical, then its value is zero.
a1 b1 c1
e.g. Let D = a1 b1 c1
a2 b2 c2
Then, D = 0
P-4 If all the elements ofanyrow (or column) be multiplied bythe same number, then the value of Determinant
is multiplied by that number.
a1 b1 c1 ka1 kb1 kc1
e.g. D = a2 b2 c2 and D' = a 2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3
Then D' = kD
P-5 If each element of any row (or column) can be expressed as a sum of two terms, then the determinant
can be expressed as the sum of the Determinants
a1 x b1 y c1 z a1 b1 c1 x y z
a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2 a2 b2 c2
e.g. = +
a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3 a3 b3 c3
P-6 The value of a Determinant is not altered by adding to the elements of any row (or column) the same
multiples of the corresponding elements of any other row (or column)
a1 b1 c1 a1 ma 2 b1 mb 2 c1 mc 2
e.g. D = a 2 b 2 c 2 and D' = a2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 a3 na1 b3 nb1 c3 nc1
Then D' = D
Remarks :
1. The value of determinant remains unaltered under an operation of the form
Ri Ri + mRj + nRk (j, k i). These operation enable us to convert maximum elements into zeros
for making evaluation of determinant simpler.

2. If a determinant (x) becomes zero on putting x = , then x is a factor of (x).
3. Determinant whichhave all elements equal to zero except thediagonal elements is equal to the product
of the diagonal elements i.e.
a 0 0
0 b 0 abc
0 0 c
a a 0 0
Also 0 b b 0 abc
0 0 c c
0 a b
4. Determinant a 0 c 0. (notethatuppertriangularis reflected alongdiagonalwithoppositesign)
b c 0
SYMMETRIC & SKEW SYMMETRIC DETERMINANT

Symmetric determinant
A determinant is called symmetric Determinant if for its every element.
aij = aji i, j
a h g
e.g. h b f
g f c
Skew Symmetric determinant

A determinant is called skew Symmetric determinant if for its every element
aij = ji i, j
0 3 1
e.g. 3 0 5
1 5 0
Note :
(i) Everydiagonal element of a skew symmetric determinant is always zero
(ii) The value of a skew symmetric determinant of even order is always a perfect square and that of odd
order is always zero.
0 c b
e.g. (order # 3) c 0 a
b a 0
0 a
= (order # 2) a 0
= 0 + a2 = a2 (perfect square)
MULTIPLICATION OFTWO DETERMINANTS
Multiplication of two second order determinants is defined as follows
a1 b1 1 m1 a1 1 b1 2 a1 m1 b1 m 2
= a
a2 b2 2 m2 2 1 b2 2 a2 m1 b 2 m 2
Multiplication of two third order determinants is defined as follows
a1 b1 c1 1 m1 n1 a1 1 b1 2 c1 3 a1m1 b1m 2 c1m 3 a1n1 b1n 2 c1n 3
a2 b2 c2 2 m2 n2 = a2 1 b2 2 c2 3 a 2m 1 b 2 m 2 c 2 m 3 a2 n1 b 2 n 2 c 2 n 3
a3 b3 c3 3 m3 n3 a3 1 b3 2 c3 3 a 3 m1 b 3 m 2 c 3 m 3 a 3 n1 b 3 n2 c 3 n 3

Note :
In above case the order of Determinant is same, if the order is different then for their multiplication first
of all they should be expressed in the same order.
Remark :
1. Since value ofdeterminant remains same whenrows and column are interchanged therefore, infinding
product of two determinants, we can also multiply rows by columns or column by columns.
2. D1 D2 = D2 D1
Important Observation
a1 a 2 a3 A1 A 2 A3
b b2 b3
If D1 = 1 and D2 = B1 B2 B3
c1 c 2 c3 C1 C 2 C3
where Ai = cofactor of ai , Bi = cofactor of bi and Ci = cofactor of ci then D2 =(D1)2
AREA OF TRIANGLE
x1 y1 1
1
If ABC is a triangle with A(x1, y1), B(x2,y2) and C(x3, y3) then area of x2 y2 1
2
x3 y3 1
The area maycome out to beeitherpositive or negative, hence modulus of above would give the magnitude
of area.
x1 y1 1
If x 2 y 2 1 turns out to be zero, it means points A, B & C are collinear and vice-versa.
x3 y3 1
SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS

System of Linear equations :
a11x1 a12 x 2 ....... a1n x n b1
a 21x1 a 22 x 2 ....... a 2n x n b2
a n1x1 a n 2 x 2 ....... a nn x n b n
is said to be consistent if it has at least one solution. Otherwise, it is said to be inconsistent.
I. System of homogeneous equations (linear) in three variables.
a1x + b1y + c1 z = 0, a2 x + b2 y + c2 z = 0, a3 x + b3 y + c3 z = 0
Note that x = y= z = 0 (trivial solution) is always asolution. Therefore, this systemis always consistent.
a1 b1 c1
Case I : If = a2 b2 c2 0, there is unique solution x = y = z = 0
a3 b3 c3
Case II : If = 0, the system has infinite number of solutions (existence of non-trivial solutions)

APPLICATIONS OF DETERMINANT
Crammer's Rule
Consider three linear simultaneous equation in 'x', 'y', 'z'
a1x + b1y + c1z = d1 ...(i)
a2x + b2y + c2z = d2 ...(ii)
a3x + b3y + c3z = d3 ...(iii)
and
a1 b1 c1 d1 b1 c1
if = a 2 b 2 c 2 x=
d2 b2 c2
a3 b3 c3 d3 b3 c3
a1 d1 c1 a1 b1 d1
a2 d2 c2 a2 b2 d2
y= z=
a3 d3 c3 a3 b3 d3
then using Crammer's rule of determinant we get

x y z 1
= = =
x y z
x y z
i.e. x = , y= ,z=
Case-I If 0
x y z
Then x = ,y= ,z=
The system is consistent and has unique solutions
Case-II If = 0 and
(i) If at least one of x , y z is not zero then the system of equations is inconsistent i.e. has no solution
(ii) If d1 = d2 = d3 = 0 or x, y, z are all zero then the system of equations has infinitely many
solutions.
The above can be shown diagrammaticallyas follows
Find
0 =0
Unique solution
x y z
x= ,y = , z=
Equations are consistent x y, z are not all zero x, y z are all zero
No solution Infinitely manysolution

Equations are inconsistent Equations are consistent

MATRICES
MATRICES
A set of mn numbers (real or complex) arranged in the form of a rectangular array having
a11 a12 ... a1n

a 21 a 22 ... a 2n
A
a m1 a m 2 ... a mn
It is represented as A = [aij]m n. The numbers a11, a12, ... etc. are called elements of the matrix. The
element aij belong to ith row and jth column.
3 2 7
e.g., A 5 4 6 is a 3 3 matrix
4 8 12
TYPES OFMATRICES
Square Matrix :
Amatrix having equal number of rows and columns is called a square matrix. If the matrixAhas n rows
and n columns, it is said to be square matrix of order n.
1 2 3
e.g. 2 3 4 is a square matrix of order 3.
3 4 5
The diagonal of this matrix containing the elements 1, 3, 5 is called the leading or principal diagonal.
Trace of matrix :
The sum of the diagonal elements of a square matrixAis called trace ofA.
n
Trace (A) = a ii = a + a + a ... + a
11
1 22 33 nn
i 1
2 7 9
e.g.,. A = 0 3 2
8 9 4
Trace (A) = 2 + 3 + 4 = 9
Diagonal Matrix :
A square matrix in which all the elements, except those in the leading diagonal are zero is called a
diagonal matrix. Thus square matrix is called diagonal matrix if aij = 0 for i j.
2 0 0 d1 0 0
e.g., A 0 1 0 or 0 d 2 0
0 0 4 0 0 d3
Above are diagonal matrices of the type 3
diag [2, 1, 4] or diag [d1, d2 d3]
If the diagonal elements are d1, d2, ..... dn, then it is written as
diag [d1, d2, ....., dn].
Note :
(a) No element of Principal Diagonal in diagonal Matrix is zero.
(b) Number of zero in a diagonal matrix is given by n2
Scalar Matrix :
A diagonal matrix in which all the elements in the leading diagonal are equal is called scalar matrix. It is
equal to KIn for some scalar K.
3 0 0 K 0 0
e.g., A 0 3 0 or 0 K 0
0 0 3 0 0 K
In general for a scalar matrix,
aij = 0 for i j and aij = K for i = j
Unit or Identity Matrix :

A square matrix in which all the elements in the leading diagonal are 1 and remaining elements are zero is
called a unit or Identity Matrix.A unit matrix of order n is usually denoted by In. Thus for an Identity
Matrix
aii = 1 and aij = 0 for i j
1 0 0
1 0
e.g., I 3 0 1 0 & I2 =
0 1
0 0 1
Row matrix :
AmatrixAwhich has only one row and n columns is called a row matrix. It is evidently 1 n matrix. It
is also called a row vector.
e.g., A = [1 2 3] is a row matrix of type 1
Column matrix :
AmatrixAwhich has m rows and onlyone column is called a column matrix. It is evidentlym
It is also called a column vector.
1
2
e.g., A is a column matrix of type 4
0
4
Null Matrix or Zero Matrix :

A (m n) matrix in which all the elements are zero is called a zero matrix or null matrix of the type m n
and is denoted by Om n or O.
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Thus ,
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
All the above are zero or null matrices of type 3 3 and 2 .
Horizontal matrix :
Am
1 0 2
e.g., A =
3 4 3
Vertical matrix :
Am > n.
1 0
e.g., A 2 4
3 5
Triangular matrix :
a11 a12 a13 ... a1n

a 21 a 22 a 23 ... a 2n
Let A be a square matrix A a 31 a 32 a 33 ... a 3n
... ... ... ... ...
a n1 a n 2 a n3 ... a nn
Anyelement ofAis aij and for i = j we get the diagonal elements.All those elements which are above the
principal diagonal are of the type a12, a13, a23, a34, a3n .... or in general aij where i < j and all those
elements which are below the principal diagonal are of the type a21, a31, an3, ... so on or in general aij
where i > j.
(a) UpperTriangular Matrix : Asquare matrix (aij) is called an upper triangular matrix if aij = 0 when
i > j. In other words, all elements below the principal diagonal be zero.
(b) Lower Triangular Matrix : Asquare matrix (aij) is called lower triangular matrix if aij = 0 when
i < j. In other words, all the elements above the principal diagonal be zero.
3 2 4 2 0 0
for e.g., 0 2 3 & 3 4 0
0 0 7 2 8 6
are upper and lower triangular matrices respectively.
Equality of Matrices
Two matrices A = [aij]m n , B = [bij]m n are said to be equal and written asA = B if and only if
(a) they are of the same order and
(b) each element ofAis equal to the corresponding element of B.
1 2 0 1 2 0
Let A = , B=
3 2 4 3 2 4
Here A and B are equal matrices and we write A = B
ALGEBRAOF MATRICES
Let Aand B be two matrices of same order m n. Then their sum is defined to be the matrix of order
m n obtained by adding the corresponding elements ofAand B
a11 a12 b11 b12 a11 b11 a12 b12
e.g., If A = a and B = , then A + B =
21 a 22 b 21 b 22 a 21 b 21 a 22 b 22

Properties :
(i) Matrix addition is commutative
If A and B be two m
(ii) Matrix addition is associative
If A, B and C be three matrices each of order m
(A + B) + C = A + (B + C)
(iii) Existence of additive Identity : If O be the m matrix each of whose elements is zero, then
A + O = A = O + A for every m matrix A.O is called additive Identity.
(iv) Existence of additive Inverse:
LetA= [aij]m n.Then the negative of the matrixAis defined as the matrix [ ij]m n and is denoted by
A.
A+ (
1 2 0 1 2 0
e.g., If A then
3 2 5 3 2 5
(v) Cancellation laws hold good for addition : If A, B, C be any three m n matrices, then
A+ B =A+ C B = C
(vi) k(A + B) = kA + kB, where k is scalar.
(vii)tr (A
Subtraction of two matrices :
Let Aand B be two m n matrices. Then the difference of Aand B is denoted byA
by A
A
corresponding elements ofA.
1 2 3 2 1 4
e.g., A = ,B=
3 1 0 5 0 6
1 2 2 1 3 4 1 3 1
then A 3 5 1 0 0 6
= 2 1 6
SCALAR MULTIPLICATION OF MATRICES

Let A= aij m xn be a matrix and k be a number then the matrix which is obtained by multiplying every
element ofAby k is called scalar multiplication ofAby k and it is denoted by
kA thus if A = a ij
m xn then kA = Ak = kaij mxn
2 4 10 20
eg. If A = 3 1 then 5 A = 15 5
4 6 20 30
Properties of Scalar Multiplication :

If A, B are Matrices of the same order and ,
(i) (A + B) = A + B (ii) ( + A+
(iii) ( A) (iv) ( A) = A) = (
(v) tr (kA) = k tr (A)

Multiplication of Matrices :
Let A= [aij] be a m n matrix and B = [bjk] be a n p matrix such that number of columns inAis equal
to number of rows in B. Then product of matrices Aand B denoted byAB is a matrix of m p matrix.
a1 b1 c1 l1 l 2
a2 b2 c2 m1 m 2
For instance, let A = and B =
a3 b3 c3 n1 n 2 3 2
a4 b4 c4 4 3
then matrix AB is a matrix of order 4
a1l1 b1m1 c1n1 a1l 2 b1m 2 c1n 2

a 2 l1 b 2m1 c 2 n1 a 2 l2 b 2m2 c2 n 2
AB = a l b 3m1 c3n1 a 3l2 b 3m 2 c3 n 2
31
a 4 l1 b 4m1 c 4 n1 a 4 l2 b 4m2 c4 n 2
In other words, product AB is a matrix C = [Cik]m p
n
= a ijb jk
j 1
Properties :
(i) IfAB = O (null matrix), it does not necessarily imply thatAor B is a null matrix.
1 1 1 1
For instance, if A = 1 1 and B = 1 1
, then the product AB is a null matrix, although
neither A nor B is a null matrix.
(ii) Multiplication of matrices is not always commutative
AB may or may not be equal to BA
(iii) Multiplication of matrices is associative
(AB)C = A(BC)
If A, B, C are m
(iv) Multiplication of matrices is distributive w.r.t. addition of matrices:
If Ais a m p matrices, then
A(B + C) = AB + AC
(v) Multiplication of Matrix by Unit matrix, I
AI = IA=Aif conformability for multiplication is satisfied.
(vi) Multiplication of Matrix by Null Matrix :
OA = AO = O where O = null matrix
(vii)WheneverAB and BAboth exist and are matrices of same order, it is not necessary thatAB = BA
1 0 0 1
e.g., A = ,B=
0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1 0 1
then AB = =
0 1 1 0 1 0
0 1 1 0 0 1
BA = =
1 0 0 1 1 0
ThusAB BA
(viii)If AB = AC B=C (Cancellation Law is not applicable)

(ix) IfAB = 0 It does not mean that A= 0 or B = 0, again product of two non- zero matrix may be zero
matrix.
(x) tr (AB) = tr (BA)
Note :
(i) The multiplication of two diagonal matrices is again a diagonal matrix.
(ii) The multiplication of two triangular matrices is again a triangular matrix.
(iii) The multiplication of two scalar matrices is also a scalar matrix.
(iv) If Aand B are two matrices of the same order, then
(a) (A + B)2 = A2 + B2 + AB + BA
(b) (A 2 = A2 + B2
(c) (A 2 2 + AB
(d) (A+ B) (A 2 2
(e) A (
Positive Integral powers of a Matrix :
The positive integral powers of a matrixAare defined only whenAis a square matrix.Also then
A2 = A. AA3 = A.A.A = A2A
Also for anypositive integers m,n
(i) Am An = A m+n
(ii) (Am)n = Amn = (An)m
(iii) In = I, Im = I
(iv) A n where A is a square matrices of order n.
TRANSPOSE OFA MATRIX

The matrix obtained from a given matrixAby changing its rows into columns or columns into rows is
called transpose of Matrix A and is denoted byAT orA
From the definition it is obvious that
If order of A is m T is n
a1 b1
a1 a2 a3
eg. Transpose of Matrix is a 2 b 2
b1 b 2 b 3 2x3
a3 b 3 3 x2
Properties of Transpose :
T
(i) AT =A
(ii) (A B)T = AT BT
(iii) (AB)T = BT AT
(iv) (kA)T = k(A)T
(v) (A1A2A3 ......An An) T = AnT An T.....A TA TA T
3 2 1
(vi) IT = I
(vii)tr (A) = tr (AT)
SYMMETRIC AND SKEW- SYMMETRIC MATRIX
(a) Symmetric Matrix : A square matrix A = [aij] is called symmetric matrix if aij = aji for all
i,j or AT = A
a h g
eg. h b f
g f c

Note :
(i) Every unit matrix and square zero matrix are symmetric matrices.
nn 1
(ii) Maximum number of different element in a symmetric matrix is .
2
(b) Skew - Symmetric Matrix : A square matrix A = aij is called skew - symmetric matrix if
0 h g
a ij = a ji for all i, j or AT = h 0 f
g f 0
Note :
(i) All Principal diagonal elements of a skew - symmetric matrix are always zero because for anydiagonal
element -
aii = ii aii = 0
(ii) Trace ofa skew symmetric matrix is always 0
Properties of Symmetric and skew- symmetric matrices :
(i) If A is a square matrix, then A + AT, AAT, ATA are symmetric matrices while A T is Skew-
Symmetric Matrices.
(ii) If A is a Symmetric Matrix, then T, An, A , BTAB are also symmetric matrices
where n N , K R and B is a square matrix of order that of A.

(iii) IfAis a skew symmetric matrix, then-
(a)A2n is a symmetric matrix for n N
(b) A2n+1 is a skew - symmetric matrices for n N.
(c) kA is also skew - symmetric matrix where k R.
(d) BT AB is also skew
(iv) IfA, B are two symmetric matrices, then-
(a)A B, AB + BA are also symmetric matrices.
(b) AB
(c)AB is a symmetric matrix whenAB = BA.
(v) IfA,B are two skew - symmetric matrices, then-
(a)A B, AB
(b)AB + BAis a symmetric matrix.
(vi) If Ais a skew - symmetric matrix and C is a column matrix, then CT AC is a zero matrix.
(vii) Every square matrix A can uniquelly be expressed as sum of a symmetric and skew symmetric
T 1 T 1
matrix i.e. A = 2 A A + 2 A A
DETERMINANT OF A MATRIX
a11 a12 a13
IfA= a 21 a 22 a 23 be a square matrix, then its determinant, denoted by |A| or Det (A) is defined as
a 31 a 32 a 33
a11 a12 a13

|A| = a 21 a22 a 23
a 31 a32 a 33

Properties of the Determinant of a matrix :
(i) |A| exists Ais a square matrix
(ii) |AB| = |A| |B|
(iii) |AT| = |A|
(iv) |kA| = kn |A|, if Ais a square matrix of order n.
(v) If A and B are square matrices of same order then |AB| = |BA|
(vi) If Ais a skew symmetric matrix of odd order then |A| = 0
(vii)If A = diag (a1,a2.......an ) then |A| = a1a2 ...an
(viii)|A|n = |An| , n N.
Singular matrix :
A square matrix Ais said to be singular if |A| = 0.
Non-singular matrix :
A square matrix Ais said to be non-singular if |A| 0.
Orthogonal Matrix :
Amatrix Ais said to be orthogonal ifAA = I. (Identity matrix)
ADJOINT OF MATRIX
Let A = [aij] be a square matrix.
Let B = [Cij] where Cij is the cofactor of the element aij in the det. A.
Then adjoint of matrixAis transpose B of matrix B and is denoted by adj. A.
Properties of adjoint matrix :
IfA, B are square matrices of order n and In is corresponding unit matrix, then
(i) A (adj. A) = |A| In = (adj A) A (Thus A(adj A) is always a scalar matrix)
(ii) |adj A| = |A|n
(iii) adj (adj A) = |A|n A
2
(iv) |adj ( adj A)| = | A| n 1
(v) adj (AT) = (adj A)T
(vi) adj (AB) = (adj B) (adj A)
(vii)adj (Am) = (adj A)m, m N
(viii)adj (kA) = kn (adj. A), k R
(ix) adj (In) = In
(x) adj 0 = 0
(xi) Ais symmetric adjAis also symmetric
(xii)Ais diagonal adj Ais also diagonal
(xiii)Ais triangular adjAis also triangular
(xiv)Ais singular |adj A| = 0
INVERSE OFA SQUARE MATRIX

A square matrix A is said to be invertible if there exists a square matrix B such that AB = BA = In
(identitymatrix)
Here B = A or A = B .
The necessary and sufficient condition for a square matrix Ato possess the inverse is that |A| 0.
Adj ( A)
Inverse of matrix A is denoted byA and A =
|A|

Properties of Inverse Matrix :
Let Aand B are two invertible matrices of the same order, then
(i) (AT) = (A )T
(ii) (AB) = B A
(iii) (Ak) = (A )k, k N
(iv) adj (A ) = (adj A)
(v) (A ) = A
1
(vi) |A | = = |A |
|A|
(vii)If A = diag (a1,a2,....,an), then A = diag (a1 , a2 ,.....,an )
(viii)Ais symmetric matrix A is symmetric matrix.
(ix) Ais triangular matrix and |A| 0 A is a triangular matrix.
(x) Ais scalar matrix A is scalar matrix.
(xi) Ais diagonal matrix A is diagonal matrix.
(xii)AB = AC B = C, iff |A| 0.
SOME SPECIALTYPE OF MATRICES

Orthogonal matrix :
A square matrix Ais called orthogonal ifAAT = I = ATA i.e., A = AT
cos sin
Ex. A=
sin cos
cos sin
is orthogonal because A = = AT
sin cos
In fact every unit matrix is orthogonal. Determinant of orthogonal matrix is
Idempotent matrix :
Asquare matrixAis called an idempotent matrix ifA2 =A
Involutory matrix :
Asquare matrix Ais called an involutory matrix ifA2 = I orA =A
1 0 1 0
Ex. A= is an involutory matrix because A2 = =I
0 1 0 1
In fact everyunit matrix is involutory.
Nilpotent matrix :
Asquare matrix Ais called a nilpotent matrix if there exists a p N such thatAp =0, where p is index of
matrix.
0 0 0 0
Ex. A= is a nilpotent matrix because A2 = = 0, (Here P = 2)
1 0 0 0
Determinant of everynilpotent matrix is 0.
Unitary matrix :
Asquare matrix is said to be unitary, ifA A=I.
The determinant of unitary matrix is of unit modulus. For a matrix to be unitary it must be non-singular.

Periodic matrix :
Amatrix Awill be called a periodic matrix ifAk+1 =Awhere k is a positive integer. If, however l is the
least positive integer for whichAk+1 = A, then k is said to be the period ofA.
1 1 1
Note: If Ais involuntary matrix, then (I + A) and (I (I + A).(I
2 2 2
Differentiation of a matrix :
f (x) g(x ) dA f ' (x) g' (x )
IfA= then is a differentiation of matrix A.
h ( x ) l( x ) dx h ' ( x ) l' ( x )
x2 sin x dA 2x cos x
Ex. If A = then .
2x 2 dx 2 0
SOLUTION OF SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR EQUATIONS USING MATRICES
Consider a system of n linear equations in n unknowns x1 x2, ..., xn. i.e.,
ai1 x1 + ai2 x2 + ... + ain xn = bi , i = 1, 2, 3 ..., n
If b1 = b2 = ... = bn = 0, then the system of equations is called a system of homogenous linear equations
and if atleast one of b1, b2, ..., bn is non-zero, then it is called a system of non-homogeneous linear
equations.
These equations can be written in the form of a single matrix equation ofAX = B
Where
a11 a12 a1n
x1 b1
a 21 a 22 a 2n
x2 b2
A
, X and B
a n1 a n2 a nn n n
xn n 1
bn n 1
When system of equations is non-homogeneous

(i) If | A| 0, then system of equations is consistent and has a unique solution given by X = A B.
(ii) If | A| = 0, and (adj A).B 0, then system of equations is inconsistent and has no solution.
(iii) | A | = 0, and (adj A).B = 0, then system of equations is consistent and has infinite number of
solutions.
When system of equations is homogeneous
(i) If |A | 0, system of equations have only one solution i.e. x = y = z = 0
(ii) If |A| = 0, system of equations have infinite number of solutions.

EXERCISE-I
a 1 a 2
Q.1 The value of is
a 2 a 1
(A) 2a2 (B) 0 (C) (D) 3
1 cos sin
Q.2 The value of sin 1 cos
is
(A) 2 (B) (C) 0 (D) cos 2
1 2 3
Q.3 The value of 4 3 6 is
2 7 9
(A) 213 (B) (C) 231 (D) 39
1 0
Q.4 The Cofactor of element 2 in Determinant 2 2
is
(A) (B) 0 (C) 2 (D)
1 2 1
2 3 3
Q.5 The cofactor of element 0 in Determinant is
4 0 4
(A) 2 (B) 5 (C) (D) 9

19 6 7
Q.6 The value of the determinant 21 3 15 is

28 11 6
(A) 150 (B) (C) 0 (D) none of these

1 1 1
Q.7 b c c a a b equals
b c a c a b a b c
(A) 0 (B) ab + bc + ca (C) abc (D) a + b + c
a b c ka kb kc
Q.8 If = x y z , then kx ky kz equals

p q r kp kq kr
(A) k (B) 3 k (C) k3 (D) k
265 240 219

Q.9 The value of the determinant 240 225 198 is
219 198 181
(A) 1000 (B) 779 (C) 679 (D) 0

x x2 1 x3
2 3
Q.10 If x, y, z are unequal and y y 1 y = 0 then the value of xyz is
z z2 1 z3
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) (D) none of these
a b c
2 2
Q.11 a b c2 is equal to
bc ca ab
(A) abc (a (B) (a

(C) (a + b + c) (a (D) None of these
Q.12 If the system of equations x + 4ay + az = 0, x + 3by + bz = 0, x + 2cy + cz = 0 has a non-zero solution,
then a, b, c are in -
(A)A.P. (B) G.P. (C) H.P. (D) None of these
Q.13 The system of equations x + y + z = 2, 2x + y

(A) k = 0 (B) k 0 (C) (D)
a b a b
Q.14 If b c b c = 0, then a, b,c are in
a b b c 0
Q.15 If 0 < < / 2 and

1 sin 2 cos 2 4 sin 4
2 2
sin 1 cos 4 sin 4 = 0 then is equal to
sin 2 cos 2 1 4 sin 4
(A) /24, 5 24 (B) 5 24, 7 /24 (C) 7 /24, 11 /24 (D) None of these
r 1 n 6 n
2 2
Q.16 If r = (r 1) 2n 4n 2 , then r equals -
r 1
(r 1) 3 3n 2
3n 2
3n
Q.17 The number of matrices having 12 elements is

Q.18 A matrix A = [aij] of order 2 aij = i + j is

2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4
3 4 5 5 4 3 5 5 4
x 3 2y x x 1 0
Q.19 Find value of x, y, z and w which satisfy the matrix equation =
z 1 4w 8 3 2w

1 4 1 2
3 2
Q.20 If A = , B= 0 5 , find the matrix D such that A + B
2 5 3 1
3 2 1 2
Q.21 If X and Y two matrices are such that X 1 0 and X + Y = 3 4
then Y matrices is
2 0 1 2 1 2
(A) (B) (C) 2 2
(D) None of these
1 2 3 4
1 0 a 1 2 1
Q.22 If 3 4 + 1 b
= 2 2 , then value of a, b are
(A) 1, (B) (C) (D) 1, 2
1 a 2 3 1 3
Q.23 If X = 0 1 and 3X 0 2
= 0 1 then a is equal to
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 0 (D)
0 1 2 1 2
Q.24 If A= 1 2 3 and B = 1 0 , then find AB. Is BA defined ?
2 3 4 2 1
2 3 1 x
Q.25 If [1 x 2] 0 4 2 1 = 0, then the value of x is
0 3 2 1
(A) (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2
1 2 x 5
Q.26 If 2 1 y = 4 then -
(A) x = 2, y = 1 (B) x = 1, y = 2 (C) x = 3, y = 2 (D) x = 2, y = 3
2 1
Q.27 If A = 1 2
and A2
(A) 3 (B) (C) 1/3 (D)
cos sin
Q.28 If E ( ) = sin cos
, then value of E ( ). E( ) is
(A) E(0 (B) E(90 (C) E ( + ) (D) E( )
1 2 3 4
Q.29 If A = 3 0 and B = 1 6 then (AB)T equals
5 16 5 9 5 9

2 1 4 1
Q.30 If A = 7 4
and B = 7 2
then BTAT is equal to -
1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
(A) 0 1 (B) 1 1 (C) 1 0 (D) 0 0
1 7
Q.31 If A= 2 3 , then skew- symmetric part ofA is
1 9/2 0 5/2 1 9/2 0 5/2

(A) (B) (C) 9 / 2 3
(D) 5/2 0
9/2 3 5/2 0
1 3 2
Q.32 IfA= 2 k 5 is a singular matrix, then k is equal to
4 2 1
(A) (B) 8 (C) 4 (D)
1 1 1
Q.33 Find the adjoint of the matrix A= 1 2 3
2 1 3
1 3 5
Q.34 If A = 3 5 1 , then adj. A is equal to
5 1 3
14 4 22 14 4 22 14 4 22
(A) 4 22 14 (B) 4 22 14 (C) 4 22 14 (D) None of these
22 14 4 22 14 4 22 14 4
2 0 0
Q.35 If A= 2 2 0 , then adj (adj A) is equal to
2 2 2
1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
(A) 8 1 1 0 (B) 16 1 1 0 (C) 64 1 1 0 (D) None of these
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 3
Q.36 If A = 2 1 1 , then | adj (adj A) | is equal
0 0 2
(A) 8 (B) 16 (C) 2 (D) 0
1 1 1
Q.37 If A 2 1 0 , find A2 and show that A2 = A
1 0 0

2 3
Q.38 Inverse matrix of 4 2
is
1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 3 2 3
(A) (B) (C) (D) 4 2
8 4 2 8 3 2 8 4 2
0 1
0 1 2
Q.39 If A = 2 2 0
, B = 1 0 and M = AB, then M is equal to
1 1
2 2 1 / 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
(A) 2 1
(B) 1 / 3 1/ 6
(C) 1 / 3 1 / 6 (D) 1/ 3 1/ 6
1
1 tan /2 1 tan /2
Q.40 tan /2 1
is equal to
tan /2 1
sin cos cos sin cos sin

(A) cos sin
(B) sin cos
(C) sin cos
(D) None of these
Q.41 Write down in matrix form the system of equations 2x
Q.42 Solve the system of equations x + 3y
1 2 3 4
Q.43 IfA= 3 0 ; B = 1 6 then which of the following statements is true
5 9
(A)AB = BA (B) A2 = B (C) (AB)T = 16 12 (D) None of these
2 1 4 1
Q.44 If A= 7 4 and B = 7 2 then which statement is true ?
(A) AAT = I (B) BBT = I (C) AB BA (D) (AB)T = I
4 1
Q.45 If A= 2 3 , then |A| is equal to
(A) 12 (B) (C) 10 (D) 5
1 0
Q.46 If A = 1 1 then A is equal to
1 0 1 0 1 0
(A) n 1 (B) n 1
(C) n 1
(D) None of these
1 2 2
Q.47 If k 2 1 2
is an orthogonal matrix then k is equal to
2 2 1
(A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) 1/3 (D) None of these

EXERCISE-II
x 1 2
Q.1 If cofactor of 2x in the determinant 1 2x x 1 is zero, then x equals to
x 1 x 0
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D)
a1 ma1 b1
Q.2 The value of the determinant a2 ma2 b 2 is
a3 ma 3 b3
(A) 0 (B) ma1a2a3 (C) ma1b2a2 (D) mb1b2b3
1 / a 1 bc
1 / b 1 ca
Q.3 The value of the determinant is equal to
1 / c 1 ab
(A) abc (B) 1/abc (C) 0 (D) None
Q.4 If each row of a determinant of third order of value is multiplied by 3, then the value of new determinant
is
(A) (B) 27 (C) 21 (D) 54
1
1 2
1 2 2 4
Q.5 The sum of infinite series 6 4 + 2 + 2 + ........ is
2 4 4
3
(A) (B) 0 (C) 10 (D)
r x n(n 1) / 2 n
Q.6 If Dr = 2r 1 y n2 , then Dr is equal to

3r 2 z n( 3n 1) / 2 r 1
1 1 2
(A) n(n + 1)(2n + 1) (B) n (n + 1)2
6 4
(C) 0 (D) None of these
a x a x a x
Q.7 If a x a x a x = 0, then value of x are
a x a x a x
(A) 0, a (B) 0, (C) a, (D)0, 3a
a b c a3
Q.8 The value of b c a b 3 is
c a b c3
(A) (a (B) abc (a

(C) (a + b + c) 2 (a (D) None of these

x 1 x 2 x
Q.9 If x is real number such that x 2 x 3 x = 0 then are in
x 3 x 4 x
1 a b c
Q.10 The value of the determinant 1 b c a is
1 c a b
(A) a + b +c (B) (a + b + c)2 (C) 0 (D) 1 + a + b + c
Q.11 The value of an even order skew symmetric determinant is

(A) 0 (B) perfect square
(C) 1 (D) None of these
Q.12 The value of an odd order skew symmetric determinant is

(A) perfect square (B) negative (C) 1 (D) 0
Q.13 The equations x + 2y + 3z = 1, 2x + y + 3z = 2 and 5x + 5y + 9z = 4 have

(A) unique solution (B) manysolutions (C) inconsistent (D) None of these
Q.14 In the following, upper triangular matrix is

1 0 0 5 4 2
0 2 3 2 1
(A) 0 2 0
(B) 0 0 3
(C) 0 0 4 (D) 0 3
3 0 3 0 0 1 0 0
Q.15 In the following, singular matrix is

2 3 3 2 1 2 2 3
(A) 1 3 (B) 2 3 (C) 1 0 (D) 4 6
5 2 2 3
Q.16 If A = 1 0 and B = 5 1 , then | 2A
(A) 77 (B) (C) 53 (D)
Q.17 The scalar matrix is
1 3 0 3 4 0
Q.18 In the following, diagonal matrix is

0 3 1 0 0 1 0 0 3 0
(A) 4 0 (B) 0 2 0 (C) 0 0 1 (D) 0 4
6 4 0 2
Q.19 If 2A + B = 6 11
and A 6 2
, then A =
2 2 2 0 2 2
(A) 4 3
(B) 4 3
(C) 4 3 (D) None of these

1 5 7
Q.20 If A= 0 7 9 , then the value of trA is
11 8 9
(A) 17 (B) 25 (C) 3 (D) 12
sin2 sec 2 cos 2 tan2
Q.21 If A = and B = , then A + B is equal to
cos ec 2 1/ 2 cot 2 1/ 2
1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0
(A) 1 1
(B) 1 1 (C) 0 1 (D) 0 1
Q.22 IfAand B are matrices of order m

(A) AB, BA (B)AB,A2 (C) A2, B2 (D) AB, B2
3 1
Q.23 If A = 7 5 and A2 + kI = 8A, then k equals
(A) 4 (B) 8 (C) 1/4 (D) 1/16
1 1 1 1
Q.24 If A = 2 2 , B = 1 1 , then
(A) AB = 0 (B) AB = 2I (C) BA = 0 (D) B2 = I
Q.25 For matrices A and B, AB = 0, then
(A) A = 0 or B = 0 (B) A = 0 and B = 0
(C) It is not necessary that A = 0 or B = 0 (D)All above statements are wrong
2 0 1
Q.26 If A = 2 1 3 then A2 - 5A + 6I =
1 1 0
1 1 5 1 1 3
(A) 1 1 4 (B) 1 1 10 (C) 0 (D) I
3 10 4 5 4 4
Q.27 If order of A + B is n
(A) n (B) n (C) m (D) not defined
Q.28 If is square root of I2, then , and will satisfy the relation
(A) 1+ 2+ =0 (B) 1 2+ =0 (C) 1+ 2 =0 (D) 2+ =0
Q.29 For suitable matricesA, B; the false statement is

(A) (AB)T =ATBT (B) (AT)T= A
(C) (A T =AT T (D) (AT) = (A )T
Q.30 If A is a matrix of order 3 T and BTA are defined if order of B is
(A) 3 (B) 4 (C) 4 (D) 3

Q.31 IfAis symmetric as well as skew symmetric matrix, then
(A)Ais a diagonal matrix (B)Ais a null matrix
(C)Ais a unit matrix (D)Ais a triangular matrix

3 0
Q.32 For any 2 0 3
, then |A| equals
(A) 0 (B) 3 (C) 6 (D) 9
EXERCISE-III
log p 1
Q.1 If pth, qth, rth term of a GP are , m, n then the value of log m q 1 is equal to-
log n r 1
[AIEEE-2002]
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) + m + n (D) None of these
a a 2 1 a3
Q.2 If b b 2 1 b 3 = 0 and vectors (1, a, a2), (1, b, b2) and (1, c, c2) are non- coplanar, then the
c c2 1 c3
product abc equals- [AIEEE 2003]

(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) (D) 1
Q.3 If a1, a2, a3,......, an,..... are in G.P., then the value of the determinant
log a n log a n 1 log a n 2
log a n 3 log a n 4 log a n 5 , is- [AIEEE 2004,05]
log a n 6 log a n 7 log a n 8
(A) 0 (B) 1 (C) 2 (D)

Q.4 The system equations x + y + z = y+z = z=
is - [AIEEE 2005]
(A) (B) either (C) not (D) 1
Q.5 If a2 + b2 + c2 =
1 a 2 x (1 b 2 ) x (1 c 2 ) x
(1 a 2 ) x 1 b 2 x (1 c 2 ) x then f(x) is a polynomial of degree - [AIEEE 2005]
(1 a 2 ) x (1 b 2 ) x 1 c 2 x
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 3 (D) 2
1 1 1
Q.6 If D = 1 1 x 1 for x 0, y 0 then D is- [AIEEE 2007]

1 1 1 y
(A) divisible byneither x nor y (B) divisible by both x and y
(C) divisible by x but not y (D) divisible by y but not x
Q.7 Let a, b, c be any real numbers. Suppose that there are real numbers x, y, z not all zero such that
x = cy + bz, y = az + cx, and z = bx + ay. Then a2 + b2 + c2 + 2abc is equal to
[AIEEE 2008]
(A) (B) 0 (C) 1 (D) 2

Q.8 Let a, b, c be such that b(a+c) 0. If
a a 1 a 1 a 1 b 1 c 1
b b 1 b 1+ a 1 b 1 c 1 =0
c c 1 c 1 ( 1) n 2 a ( 1) n 1 b ( 1) n c
then the value of n is : [AIEEE 2009]
(A) any even integer (B) any odd integer (C) any integer ` (D) zero
i 0 0 1 0 i
Q.9 If A = 0 i , B = 1 0 and C = i 0 ,
then A2 = B2 =C2 = [AIEEE 2002]
(A) I2 (B) I (C) (D) 2 I
1 2 3 5 7 1
Q.10 If A = 3 1 2 ,B= 1 5 7 then AB = [AIEEE 2002]
2 3 1 7 1 5
(A) I3 (B) 2 I3 (C) 4 I3 (D) 18 I3
a b
Q.11 If A = b a and A2 = , then [AIEEE 2003]
(A) = 2ab, = a2 + b2 (B) = a2 + b2, = ab
(C) = a2 + b2, = 2ab (D) = a2 + b2, = a2 2
0 0 1
Q.12 Let A = 0 1 0 . The only correct statement about the matrix Ais- [AIEEE 2004]
1 0 0
(A)Ais a zero matrix (B) A = ( I, where I is a unit matrix

(C) A does not exist (D) A2 = I
1 1 1 4 2 2
Q.13 Let A = 2 1 3 and (10)B = 5 0 . If B is the inverse of matrix A, then is
1 1 1 1 2 3
[AIEEE 2004]
(A) (B) (C) 2 (D) 5
Q.14 If A2 [AIEEE-2005]
(A) A + I (B)A (C) A (D) I
1 0 1 0
Q.15 If A = 1 1 and I = 0 1 , then which one of the following holds for all n 1, by the principle of
mathematical induction - [AIEEE-2005]
n
(A) A = nA n
(B) A = 2 An
(C) An = nA + (n I (D) An = 2n A + (n

Q.16 If A and B are square matrices of size n 2 2 = (A
following will be always true [AIEEE 2006]
(A)AB = BA (B) Either ofAor B is a zero matrix
(C) Either ofAor B is an identity matrix (D) A = B
1 2 a 0
Q.17 Let A = 3 4 and B = 0 b , a, b N. Then [AIEEE 2006]
(A) there exist more than one but finite number of B's such thatAB = BA
(B) there exist exactly one B such thatAB = BA
(C) there exist infinitely many B's such thatAB = BA
(D) there cannot exist any B such thatAB = BA
5 5
0 5
Q.18 Let A = If |A2| = 25, then | | equals- [AIEEE 2007]
0 0 5
1
(A) 52 (B) 1 (C) (D) 5
5
Q.19 LetAbe a square matrix all of whose entries are integers. Then which one of the following is true ?
[AIEEE 2008]
(A) If det A exists and all its entries are non-integers
(B) If det A= exists and all its entries are integers
(C) If det A = need not exist
(D) If det A= exists but all its entries are not necessarily integers
Directions : Question number 20-21 is Assertion-Reason type question. This question contains two
statements: Statement-1 (Assertion) and Statement-2 (reason).This questions also has four alternative
choices, only one of which is the correct answer. You have to select the correct choice.
Q.20 Let Abe a 2
diagonal entries ofA,Assume that A2 = I. [AIEEE 2008]
Statement-I: If A I and A
Statement-II : If A I and A 0
(A) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true; Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
(B) Statement-I istrue, Statement-II is true; Statement-II is not a correct explanation for Statement-I
(C) Statement-I is true, Statement -II is false
(D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true
Q.21 Let A be a 2 [AIEEE 2009]
Statement-I: adj (adj A) = A
Statement -II : | adj A | = | A |
(A) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is true; Statement-II is a correct explanation for Statement-I
(B) Statement-I istrue, Statement-II is true; Statement-II is not a correct explanation for Statement-I
(C) Statement-I is true, Statement-II is false
(D) Statement-I is false, Statement-II is true

Q.22 Considerthe systemoflinearequations [AIEEE 2010]
x1 + 2x2 + x3 = 3
2x1 + 3x2 + x3 = 3
3x1 + 5x2 + 2x3 = 1
The system has
(A) Infinite number of solutions (B) Exactly3 solutions
(C)Aunique solution (D) No solution
Q.23 The number of 3
[AIEEE 2010]
(A) less than 4 (B) 5 (C) 6 (D) at least 7
2
Q.24 LetAbe a 2 = I, where I is 2
= sum of diagonal elements ofAand |A| = determinant of matrix A. [AIEEE 2010]
Statement-I : Tr(A) = 0.
Statement-II : | A | = 1.
(A) Statment-Iis True, Statement-IIis True; Statement-IIis a correct explanation for Statement-I
(B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II isTrue; Statement-II is not a correct explanation for Statement-I
(C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
(D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Q.25 Let Aand B be two symmetric matrices of order 3. [AIEEE 2011]

Statement-I :A(BA) and (AB)Aare symmetric matrices.
Statement-II :AB is symmetric matrix if matric multiplication ofAwith B is communtative.
(A) Statment-Iis True, Statement-IIis True; Statement-IIis a correct explanation for Statement-I
(B) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is True; Statement-II is not a correct explanation for Statement-I
(C) Statement-I is True, Statement-II is False
(D) Statement-I is False, Statement-II is True
Q.26 The number of values of k for which the linear equations [AIEEE 2011]
4x + ky + 2z = 0
kx + 4y + z = 0
2x + 2y + z = 0
posses a non-zero solution is
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) zero

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 D Q.2 C Q.3 C Q.4 A Q.5 C Q.6 C
Q.7 A Q.8 C Q.9 D Q.10 C Q.11 B Q.12 C
Q.13 B Q.14 B Q.15 C Q.16 C Q.17 C Q.18 A
0 2
Q.19 x = Q.20 D = 3 7 Q.21 C
5 6
3 2
Q.22 D Q.23 B Q.24 AB = 5 5 ; Product BA is not possible.
7 8
Q.25 A Q.26 B Q.27 B Q.28 C Q.29 B Q.30 A
3 4 5
Q.31 D Q.32 D Q.33 Adj A = 9 1 4 Q.34 A
5 3 1
0 0 1
2
Q.35 B Q.36 B Q.37 A 0 1 2 Q.38 A Q.39 C
1 1 1
Q.40 C Q.41 (x, y, z) (1, 2, 3). Q.42 x =
Q.43 C Q.44 D Q.45 C Q.46 C Q.47 C
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 C Q.2 A Q.3 C Q.4 B Q.5 A Q.6 C Q.7 D
Q.8 C Q.9 A Q.10 C Q.11 B Q.12 D Q.13 A Q.14 B
Q.15 D Q.16 B Q.17 C Q.18 D Q.19 A Q.20 A Q.21 B, D
Q.22 D Q.23 B Q.24 A Q.25 C Q.26 B Q.27 A Q.28 D
Q.29 B Q.30 B Q.31 B Q.32 B
EXERCISE-III
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 A Q.4 A Q.5 D Q.6 B Q.7 C
Q.8 C Q.9 C Q.10 D Q.11 C Q.12 D Q.13 D Q.14 D
Q.15 A Q.16 A Q.17 C Q.18 C Q.19 B Q.20 C Q.21 A
Q.22 D Q.23 D Q.24 C Q.25 B Q.26 B

STATISTICS
IMPORTANT FORMULAS
Measurement of central tendancy

(A) Arithmetic Mean
(i) For individual observation
If x1, x2, ........., xn be the n observations, then arithmetic mean is given by
x1 x 2 ...... x n xi
x
n n
n
di
i 1
or x A , where di = xi
n
(ii) For individual observation with corresponding frequency.

If corresponding frequencies of n observations are f1, f2, ......., fw then
n n
fi x i fi d i
f1x1 f 2 x 2 ..... f n x n i 1 i 1
x n
or x A . where di = xi
f1 f 2 ..... f n N
fi
i 1
(iii) If x1, x 2 ,....., x k be the mean of k groups of observations with corresponding frequency size
n1, n2,......, nk, then combined mean,
n1x1 n 2 x 2 .... n k x k
x
n1 n 2 ....... n k
(B) Median
(i) For individual Series
Considering number of observation be n.
n 1
If n is odd, Median = value of th item.
2
If n is even, Median
1 n n
= value of th item value of 1 th item
2 2 2
(ii) For grouped or continuous distributions
N
C
2
Median = l + h
f
where l = Lower imit of the median class
f = Frequency of the median class
N = The sum of all frequencies
h = The width of the median class
C = The cummulative frequency of the class preceding to median class.
Statistic [189]
(C) Mode
f1 f 0
Mode = l + 2f f f h
1 0 2
where, l = The lower limit of the model class
f1 = The frequency of the model class
f0 = The frequency of the class preceding the model class
f2 = The frequency of the class succeeding the model class
h = The size of the model class.
DISPERSION
(A) Mean Deviation
(i) Mean deviation from ungrouped data (or individual series)
x M
Mean deviation = ,
n
where x M means the modulus of the deviation of the variate from the mean (mean, median or
mode) and n isthe number of terms.
(ii) Mean deviation from continuous series

f x M
Mean deviation =
n
where n = f
(B) Standard Deviation (S.D.)
(i) Coefficient of SD = , where x is the A.M.

x
(ii) Standard deviation from individual observation.
x x2
=
N
where, x = arithmetic mean of series
N = total frequency.
(iii) Standard deviation from descrete and continuous frequency distribution.
fi x i x 2
=
N
where x =Arithmetic mean of series
xi = Mid value of the class
fi = Frequency of the corresponding xi
N = f = total frequency
(iv) Short cut method
2 2
fi fd d2 d
(i) = (ii) =
N N N N
where, d = x
f = Frequency of the item
N = f = Sum of frequencies.
Statistic [190]
Q.1 The mean weight of 9 items is 15. If one more item is added to the series, the mean becomes 16.
The value of 10th item is
(A) 35 (B) 30 (C) 25 (D) 20
Q.2 For a certain frequency table which has been partly reproduced here, the arithmetric mean was found to
be Rs. 28.07
Income (in Rs.) No. of workers
15 8
20 12
25 ?
30 16
35 ?
40 10
If the total number of workers is 75, then missing frequencies are respectively
(A) 14, 15 (B) 15, 14 (C) 13, 16 (D) 12, 17
Q.3 The mean of the values of 1, 2, 3, ....... n with respectively frequencies x, 2x, 3x, ......., nx is
n 1 1 n
(A) (B) (2n + 1) (C) (2n + 1) (D)
2 3 6 2
Q.4 The weightedAM of first n natural numbers whose weights are equal to the corresponding number is
equal to
1 1 2n 1
(A) 2n + 1 (B) (2n + 1) (C) (2n + 1) (D)
2 3 6
Q.5 The value of mean, median and mode coincides, then the distribution is
(A) positive skewness (B) symmetrical distribution
(C) negative skewness (D) all of the above
Q.6 If mean of n item is x . If each rth item is increased by 2r. Then new mean will be
n n 2
(A) x (B) x (C) x (D) x n 1
2 2
Q.7 Consider the frequencydistribution given below
Class Interval Frequency
0 10 4
10 20 6
20 30 10
30 40 16
40 50 14
The mean of the above distribution is
(A) 25 (B) 35 (C) 30 (D) 31
Q.8 Which one of the following is correct?
(A) Quartile deviation is one half of the sum of the upper and lower quartlies.
(B) For finding median, the items of the series are arranged in ascending or descending order of
magnitude.
(C) Mean, mode, median have not same unit.
(D) SD can be computed from any average.
Statistic [191]
Q.9 The SD of 15 items is 6 and if each item is decreases by 1, then standard deviation will be
91
(A) 5 (B) 7 (C) (D) 6
15
Q.10 The sum of squares of deviations for 10 observations taken from mean 50 is 250. The coefficient of
variation is
(A) 10% (B) 40% (C) 50% (D) none of these
Q.11 Let G1, G2 be the ....... geometric means of two ....... series x1, x2, ......, xn ; y1, y2, ......, yn. If G is the
xi
geometric mean of y , i = 1, 2, ......., n. Then G is equal to
i
log G1 G1 G1
(A) G1 2
(B) log G (C) G (D) log
2 2 G2
Q.12 The variance of the first n natural numbers is
n2 1 n (n 2 1) n2 1 n ( n 2 1)
(A) 12 (B) (C) 12 (D)
12 12
Q.13 Coefficient of skewness for the values Median = 18.8, Q3 = 25.2 is

Q.14 Consider the following statements :

1. The values of median and mode can be determined graphically.
2. Mean, Median and mode have the same unit.
3. Range is the best measure of disperson.
Which of these is/are correct ?
(A) (1) alone (B) (2) alone (C) Both (2) and (3) (D) None of these
Q.15 Mean of n items is x. If these n items are increased by 12, 22, 32,....., n2 successively, then mean gets
increased by
n 1 2n 1 n n 1 2n 1 n2
(A) (B) (C) (D) remains same
6 6 2
Asseration and Reason
Q.16 Suppose two groups of scores A and B are such that A = (x, x + 2, x + 4) and B = (x
Statement-1 Group B has more variability than groupA.
Statement-2 The value of mean for group B is more than that of groupA.
Statistic [192]
ax b a
Q.17 Statement-1 The standard deviation of variable is
c c
Statement-2 The standard deviation of a linear equation is
Let us consider the data of marks of a student whose corresponding frequencies are given
x 0 8 8 16 16 24 24 32 32 40 40 48 48 56
f 5 10 13 25 35 19 13
On the basis of above information, answer the following questions :
Q.18 The median of the distribution is

Q.19 The mode of the distribution is

Q.20 The mean of the distribution is

(A) 33.025 (B) 32.08 (C) 34 (D) None of these
Q.1 A scientist is weighing each of 30 fishes. Their mean weight worked out is 30 gm and a standard deviation
of 2 gm. Later, it was found that the measuing scale was misaligned and always under reported every fish
weight by 2 gm. The correct mean and standard deviation (in gm) of fishes are respectively
(A) 32, 2 (B) 32, 4 (C) 28,2 (D) 28, 4 [AIEEE - 2011]
Q.2 If the mean deviation about the median of the numbers a, 2a, .......50a is 50, then |a| equals :
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 6 [AIEEE - 2011]
Q.3 For two data sets, each of size 5, the variances are given to be 4 and 5 and the corresponding means are
given to be 2 and 4, respectively. The variance of the combined data set is [AIEEE - 2010]
5 11 13
(A) (B) (C) 6 (D)
2 2 2
Q.4 If the mean deviation of number 1, 1 + d, 1 + 2d, ....., 1 + 100 d from their mean is 255, then d is equal
to [AIEEE - 2009]
(A) 10.0 (B) 20.0 (C) 10.1 (D) 20.2
Statistic [193]
n2 1
Q.5 Statement-1 The variance of first n even natural numbers is .
4
nn 1
Statement-2 The sum of first n natural numbers is and the sum of squares of first n natural
2
n n 1 2n 1
numbers is . [AIEEE-2009]
6
Q.6 If the variable takes the values 0, 1, 2,......, n with frequencies proportional to the binomial coefficients
C(n, 0) , C(n, 1), C(n, 2),......, C(n, n) respectively, then the variance of the distribution is
n n n
(A) n (B) (C) (D) [DCE-2009]
2 2 4
Q.7 The mean of the numbers a, b, 8, 5, 10, is 6 and the variance is 6.80. Then, which one of the following
gives possible values of a and b ? [AIEEE-2008]
(A) a = 3, b = 4 (B) a = 0, b = 7 (C) a = 5, b = 2 (D) a = 1, b = 6
Q.8 Two cards are drawn successively with replacement from a well shuffled deck of 52 cards, then the
mean of the number of aces is [DCE-2008]
1 3 2
13 13 13
Q.9 If the standard deviation of the observations 10 . The standard

deviation of observations 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 will be [DCE-2008]
(A) 10 20 (B) 10 10 (C) 10 (D) None of these
2n
Q.10 Median of C0, 2nC1, 2nC2, 2nC3,........, 2nCn (where n is even) is [UP SEE-2008]
2n 2n 2n
(A) Cn (B) Cn 1
(C) Cn 1 (D) None of these
2 2 2
Q.11 The average marks of boys in a class is 52 an that of girls is 42. The average marks of boys and girls
combined is 50. The percentage of boys in the class is [AIEEE-2007]
(A) 40 (B) 20 (C) 80 (D) 60
Q.12 Suppose, a population Ahas 100 observations 101, 102,......, 200 and another population B has 100
observations 151, 152, ..., 250. If VA and VB represent the variances of the two population respectively,
VA
then is [AIEEE-2006]
VB
9 4 2
(A) (B) (C) (D) 1
4 9 3
Statistic [194]
Q.13 If in a frequency distribution, the mean and median are 21 and 22 respectively, then its Mode is
approximately [AIEEE-2005]
(A) 24.0 (B) 25.5 (C) 20.5 (D) 22.0
Q.14 Let x1, x2,....., xn be n observations such that x i2 400 and xi 80 . Then, a possible value of
n among the following is [AIEEE-2005]
(A) 12 (B) 9 (C) 18 (D) 15
Q.15 Consider the following statements : [AIEEE-2004]
(1) Mode can be computed from histogram.
(2) Median is not independent of change of scale.
(3) Variance is independent of change of origin and scale.
(A) only (1) (B) Only (2) (C) Only (1) and (2) (D) (1), (2) and (3)
Q.16 In a series of 2n observations, half of them equal a and remaining half equal
of the observations is 2, then a equals [AIEEE-2004]
1 2
(A) (B) 2 (C) 2 (D)
n n
Q.17 The median of a set of 9 distinct observation is 20.5. If each of the largest 4 observations of the set is
increased by 2, then the median of the new set [AIEEE-2003]
(A) is increased by 2 (B) is decreased by 2
(C) is two times the original median (D) remains the same as that of the original set
Q.18 In an experiment with 15 observations on x, the following results were available
x2 2830 , x 170
One observation that was 20, we found to be wrong and was replaced by the correct value 30. Then,
the corrected variance is [AIEEE-2003]
(A) 78.00 (B) 188.66 (C) 177.33 (D) 8.33
Q.19 In a class of 100 students there are 70 boys whose average marks in a subject are 75. If the average
marks of the complete class is 72, then what is the average of the girls ? [AIEEE-2002]
(A) 73 (B) 65 (C) 68 (D) 74
Statistic [195]
Q.1 C Q.2 B Q.3 B Q.4 C Q.5 B
Q.6 D Q.7 D Q.8 B Q.9 D Q.10 A
Q.11 C Q.12 A Q.13 A Q.14 A Q.15 A
Q.16 C Q.17 A Q.18 B Q.19 D Q.20 A
Q.1 A Q.2 C Q.3 B Q.4 C Q.5 D

Q.6 D Q.7 A Q.8 C Q.9 C Q.10 A
Q.11 C Q.12 D Q.13 A Q.14 C Q.15 D
Q.16 C Q.17 D Q.18 A Q.19 B
Statistic [196]
MATHEMATICALREASONING
1. Statement
'Mathematically a statmeent is a sentence which is clearly either true or false.
2. Logical Connectives / Operations
The words(symbols) which combine two or more statements to form a compound statement are called
logical connectives/operations. Following are connectives and their symbols which are generally used in
compound statements.
connective nature symbol use negation
(i) ' and' conjunction p q (~ p ) (~ q )
(ii) ' or ' disjunction p q (~ p ) (~ q )
implication
(iii ) ' if then ' p q p (~ q )
(conditional)
bi conditional
(iv) ' if and only if ' p q ~ (p q ) ( p ~ q ) (~ p q )
(equivalence)
( v) ' not ' negation ~ ~p p
(i) Truth Table of negation (~p) :
(Truth values of p and ~p are opposite to each other)
p ~q
T F
F T
(ii) Truth Table of conjunction (p q) :
(Truth values of p q is T If and only if truth values of both p and q and T)
p q p q
T T T
T F F
F T F
F F F
(iii) Truth Table of disjunction (p q) :
(Truth value of p q is T if the truth value of atleast one of p and q is T)
p q p q
T T T
T F T
F T T
F F F
(iv) Truth Table of implication (p q) :
(Truth value of p q is T if truth values of both p and q are same or truth value of q is T)
p q p q
T T T
T F F
F T T
F F T
(v) Truth Table of Double implication (p q) :
(Truth value of p q is T if and only if truth values of both p and q are same)
p q p q
T T T
T F F
F T F
F F T
Mathematical Reasoning [197]
3. Negative and contrapositive of a conditional statement :
(i) Negation : If p and q are two statements then ~ (p q) p ~q .
(ii) Contrapositive : If p and q are two statements then the contrapositive of the implication
p q (~ q) (~ p) .
4. Tautology and fallacy (contradictions) :
(a) Tautology : This is a statement which always true for all truth values of its components.
Ex. Consider p ~ p
Truth table
p ~p p ~p
T F T
F T T
(b) Fallacy (contradiction) : This is statement which is always false for all truth values of its components.
Ex. Consider p ~p
p ~p p ~p
T F F
F T F
5. Duality :
The compound statements s1 and s2 are said to be duals of each other if one can be obtained from the
other by replacing and and and . The connectives and are also called duals of each other.
6. Algebra of statements :
Statements satisfy many laws some of which are given below -
(1) Idempotent Laws : If p is any statement then
(i) p p = p (ii) p p = p
(2) Associative Laws : If p, q, r are any three statements, then
(i) p (q r) = (p q) r (ii) p (q r) = (p q) r
(3) Commutative Laws : If p, q are any two statements, then
(i) p q = q p (ii) p q = q p
(4) Distributive Laws : If p, q, r are any three statements, then
(i) p (q r) = (p q) (p r) (ii) p (q r) = (p q) (p r)
(5) Identity Laws : If p is any statement, t is tautology and c is a contradiction, then
(i) p v = t (ii) p t = p (iii) p c = p (iv) p c = c
(6) Complement Laws : If t is a tautology, c is a contradiction and p is any statement, then
(i) p (~p) = t (ii) p (~p) = c (iii) ~ t = c (iv) ~ c = t
(7) Involution Law : If p is any statement, then ~ (~p) = p.
(8) De-morgan's Law : If p and q are two statements, then
(i) ~ (p q) (~p) (~q) (ii) ~ (p q) (~p) (~q)

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 Which of the following is not a statement ?

(A) Every set is a finite set (B) 8 is less than 6
(C) Where are you going ? (D) The sum of interior agles of a triangle is 180 degrees
Q.2 Which of the following is not a statement ?
(A) Roses are red (B) New Delhi is in India
(C) Every square is a rectangle (D)Alas! I have failed
Q.3 Which of the following is a statement ?

(A) May you live long ! (B) May God bless you !
(C) The sun is a star (D) Hurrah! We have won the match
Q.4 Negation of "2 + 3 = 5 and 8 < 10" is
(A) 2 + 3 5 and 8 < 10 (B) 2 + 3 = 5 and 8 / 10
(C) 2 + 3 5 and 8 / 10 (D) None of these
Q.5 Negation of "Manu is in class X orAnu is in class XII" is
(A) Manu is not in class X butAnu is in class XII
(B) Manu is not is call X but Anu is not in class XII
(C) Either Manu is not in class X orAnu is not in class XII
(D) None of these
Q.6 Truth value of the statement "if p then q" is false when
(A) p is true, q is true (B) p is true, q is false
(C) p is false, q is true (D) p is false, q is false
Q.7 Truth value of the statement "p or q" is false, when

(A) p is true, q is false (B) p is false, q is true
(C) p and q both are true (D) p and q both are false
Q.8 Truth value of the statement with "if and only if " is false, when
(A) p is true, q is true (B) p is false, q is false
(C) p is true, q is false (D) p is false, q is true
Q.9 The switchingfunction for the following network is
p
t
q r
(A) p q r t (B) p q r t (C) p r q t (D) None of these
Q.10 Let p and q be two statements. Then, ~ p q ~ p ~ q is a

(A) tautology (B) contradiction
(C) neither tautology nor contradiction (D) either tautology or contradiction
Q.11 Let p q r p q p r . Then, this law is known as

(A) Commutative law (B)Associate law (C) De-Morgan's law (D) Distribute law

Q.12 The switching function for switching work is
x y
x z
(A) x y z (B) x y x z (C) x y x z (D) None of these
Q.13 If p and q are statements, then (p q) (~ q ~ p) is a

(A) contradiction (B) tautology (C) neither (a) nor (b) (D) none of these
Q.14 If p (q r) is false, then the truth values of p, q, r are respectively

(A) F, T, T (B) T, T, F (C) T, F, F (D) F, F, F
Q.15 Dual of (x' y')' = x y is

(A) (x' y')' = x y (B) (x' y')' = x y (C) (x' y')' = xy (D) None of these
Q.16 The false statement in the following is

(A) p ~ p is a contradiction (B) (p q) (~ q ~ p) is a contradiction
(C) ~ (~ p) p is a tautology (D) p (~ p) is a tautology
Q.17 If p : Ram is smart.

q : Ram is intelligent.
Then, the symbolic form Ram is smart and intelligent, is
(A) p q (B) p q (C) p ~ q (D) p ~ q
Q.18 Some triangles are not isosceles. Identify the Venn diagram
T I T I T I T
(A) I
(B) (C) (D)
Q.19 A compound sentence formed by two simple statements p and q using connective 'or' is called
(A) conjunction (B) disjunction (C)implication (D) none of these
Q.20 The contrapositive of p ~ q is

(A) ~ p q (B) ~ q p (C) q ~p (D) None of these
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 The only statement among the following that is a tautology is [AIEEE-2011]
(A) A A B (B) A A B (C) A A B B (D) B A A B
Q.2 Consider the following statements [AIEEE-2011]

P : Suman is brilliant Q : Suman is rich R : Suman is honest
The negation of the statement "Suman is brilliant and dishonest if and only if Suman is rich" can be
expressed as :
(A) ~P ^ (Q R) (B) ~ (Q (P ^ ~ R)) (C) ~ Q ~P ^ (D) ~ (P^ ~ R) Q

Q.3 Let S be a non-empty subset of R. Consider the following statement [AIEEE-2010]
P : There is a rational number x S such that x > 0.
Which of the following statements is the negation of the statement P ?
(A) There is a rational number x S such that x 0
(B) There is no rational number x S such that x 0
(C) Every rational number x S satisfies x 0
(D) x S and x 0 x is not rational
Q.4 Statement-1 :~ (p ~ q) is equivalent to p q.
Statement -2 : ~ (p ~ q) is a tautology [AIEEE-2009]
Q.5 Let p be the "x in an irrational number, q be the statement " y is a transcendental number" and r be the
statement "x is a rational number iff y is a transcendental number".
Statement-1 r is equivalent to either q or p.
Statement-2 r is equivalent to ~ (p p). [AIEEE - 2008]
Q.6 The statement p (q p) is equivalent to [AIEEE- 2008]
(A) p (p q) (B) p (p q) (C) p (p q) (D) p (p q)
Q.7 ~ (p q) (~ p q) is logically equivalent to [DCE- 2008]

(A) ~ p (B) p (C) q (D) ~ q
Q.8 For the circuit shown below, the Boolean polynomial is [DCE- 2008]
p q
p q
(A) (~ p q) (p q) (B) (~ p q) (q p)
(C) (~ p ~ q) (q p) (D) (~ p q) (p ~ q)
Q.9 If p, q, r are simple propositions, then (p q) (q r) is true, then [DCE- 2008]

(A) p, q, r are all false (B) p, q, r are all true
(C) p, q are true and r is false (D) p is true and q and r are false

EXERCISE-I
Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 D

Q.6 B Q.7 D Q.8 D Q.9 B Q.10 C
Q.11 D Q.12 B Q.13 B Q.14 C Q.15 B
Q.16 B Q.17 A Q.18 B Q.19 B Q.20 C
EXERCISE-II
Q.1 C Q.2 B,D Q.3 C Q.4 C Q.5 A

Q.6 C Q.7 A Q.8 D Q.9 B

Mathematics AIEEE (11th Booklet) English2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mathematics AIEEE (11th Booklet) English2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mathematics AIEEE (11th Booklet) English2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

VOLUME I

SEQUENCEAND PROGRESSION 31-44

TRIGONOMETRIC EQUATIONS 45-54

POINTAND STRAIGHT LINE 55-70

PERMUTATIONAND COMBINATION 89-104

BINOMIAL THEOREM 105-120

RELATIONAND FUNCTION 121-150

INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTION 151-160

DETERMINANATAND MATRICES 161-188

+ve angle Initial position

Relation between the sides and interior angles of a polygon

TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS (T-RATIOS)

Compound Angles ( - 1) [2]

(sin & cosec (All +ve)

IIIrd quadrant IVth quadrant

sec R ~ (2n 1) : n I ( , 1] [1, )

Compound Angles ( - 1) [3]

90 90 180 180 270 270 360 360

Graphs of standard T-Functions

Compound Angles ( - 1) [4]

TRIGONOMETRIC RATIOS OF MULTIPLE AND SUBMULTIPLE ANGLES

4. (i) sin 3 A 3 sin A 4 sin3 A (ii) cos 3 A 4 cos3 A 3 cos A

Compound Angles ( - 1) [5]

T-Ratios of submultiple angle

T-Ratio of some special angles

(iii) tan 15 2 3 (iv) cot 15 2 3

(ix) tan 22 21 2 1 (x) cot 22 21 2 1

Compound Angles ( - 1) [6]

2. cos + cos( + ) + cos( + 2 ) + + (n )

Compound Angles ( - 1) [7]

Q.4 The value of cos 510

(A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 4

sin A sin 3A sin 5A sin 7A

Compound Angles ( - 1) [8]

(A) cot 2 (B) sin 2 (C) cos 2 (D) tan 2

Q.16 The range of f( ) = 5 cos 3 cos 3 is

Compound Angles ( - 1) [9]

Q.8 If A , then (1 + tan A) (1

Q.11 The maximum value of sin cos is attained at

(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) sin 1 (B) sin 1 (C) sin 1 (D)sin1 sin1

Compound Angles ( - 1) [10]

Q.17 The value of sin 10

Q.23 f( ) = 5cos + 3 cos + 3 then the range of f( ) is

Compound Angles ( - 1) [11]

Q.1 C Q.2 D Q.3 A Q.4 B Q.5 D

Q.1 C Q.2 A Q.3 A

Compound Angles ( - 1) [12]

RELATION BETWEEN ROOTS AND CO-EFFICIENTS

Now consider the following cases.

Quadratic Equation [13]

Both roots common :

Equation in terms of the Roots of another Equation

(vi) , k2 ax2 + kbx + c = 0 (Replace x by kx)

Quadratic Equation [14]

(i) a > 0 and D < 0 f ( x) 0 x R

(ii) a > 0 and D = 0 f (x) 0 x R

and are complex conjugates

(v) a < 0 and D = 0 f ( x) 0 x R b

(vi) a < 0 and D > 0 ; then